MULTIFUNCTION GENERATOR

WF1973/WF1974
Instruction Manual(Remote Control)

NF Corporation

DA00016811-003

MULTIFUNCTION GENERATOR

WF1973/WF1974
Instruction Manual(Remote Control)

Introduction
This manual explains the WF1973/WF1974 GPIB and USB interfaces. For operations from the panel,refer to the WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual.
The GPIB and USB interfaces of the WF1973/WF1974 feature a large array of functions, whichallow control of almost all front panel operations. Moreover, the setting values can be read fromoutside the equipment.
The chapter organization of the WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control) is asfollows.
1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE USE
Describes the interface settings and GPIB address settings.
2. COMMAND EXPLANATION
Outlines the commands, lists the commands, and describes the individual commands.
3. STATUS SYSTEM
Describes status reporting, including the status byte and standard event status register.
4. ERROR MESSAGES
Describes the error numbers and the error contents.
5. SPECIFICATIONS
Describes the specifications of the external control interfaces.
6. COMMAND TREE
Commands are shown in the tree structure.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)iContents

page
1.

2.

3.

PREPARATIONS BEFORE USE .............................................................................................................................. 1
1.1

Outline of WF1973/WF1974 GPIB/USB Interface .......................................................................................... 2

1.2

USB Preparations ................................................................................................................................................. 2

1.3

GPIB Preparations ................................................................................................................................................ 2

1.4

Selecting the Interface .......................................................................................................................................... 3

1.5

GPIB Address Setting .......................................................................................................................................... 5

1.6

GPIB EOI Setting ................................................................................................................................................ 6

1.7

USB ID ................................................................................................................................................................. 7

1.8

Releasing Remote State ....................................................................................................................................... 7

1.9

Cautions................................................................................................................................................................. 8

EXPLANATION OF COMMANDS ........................................................................................................................... 9
2.1

Outline of Commands ........................................................................................................................................ 10

2.2

Command List .................................................................................................................................................... 23

2.3

Description of Individual Commands............................................................................................................... 40

2.4

Sequence I/O Data Specifications................................................................................................................... 170

2.5

Trigger/Oscillation Status Control .................................................................................................................. 173

2.6

System Unit....................................................................................................................................................... 174

STATUS SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................................... 175
3.1

Status Byte Register and Service Request Enable Register .......................................................................... 176

3.2

Standard Event Status Register Group.............................................................................................................. 178

3.3

Operation Status Register Group/ Questionable Data Status Register Group .............................................. 179

3.4

Warning Event Register Group......................................................................................................................... 188

3.5

Other .................................................................................................................................................................. 190

4.

ERROR MESSAGE ................................................................................................................................................... 191

5.

SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................................................... 195

6.

5.1

Interface Functions ........................................................................................................................................... 196

5.2

Response to Interface Messages...................................................................................................................... 196

5.3

Multiline Interface Messages............................................................................................................................ 197

COMMAND TREE.................................................................................................................................................... 199
6.1

Command Tree ................................................................................................................................................. 200

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)ii

1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE USE
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9

Outline of WF1973/WF1974 GPIB/USB Interface ····································································· 2
USB Preparations ············································································································· 2
GPIB Preparations ············································································································ 2
Selecting the Interface ········································································································ 3
GPIB Address Setting ········································································································ 5GPIB EOI Setting ············································································································· 6
USB ID ························································································································· 7
Releasing Remote State ······································································································ 7
Cautions························································································································· 8

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1

1.1

Outline of WF1973/WF1974 GPIB/USB Interface

Almost all the functions of the WF1973/WF1974 can be remotely set via the GPIB or USB interface.
Moreover, by allowing measurement data and setting statuses to be transferred outside the equipment, an
automatic measuring system can be configured easily.

1.2

USB Preparations

The WF1973/WF1974 can be controlled by NI-VISA from National Instruments Corporation . Almost all
panel operations can be controlled, and internal statuses, such as setting values and errors, can be read out.
Install a NI-VISA on the controlling computer, and connect it using a commercially available USB cable. The
installation file for this driver can be downloaded from the website of National Instruments Corporation. The
driver installation is described below.
1. Either search the NI-VISA page on the website of National Instruments Corporation.
2. Download the version of NI-VISA that supports your OS from the NI-VISA page.
3. Execute the downloaded file and install it.
4. Once the file has installed successfully, the NI-VISA is installed.
For details of NI-VISA, contact National Instruments Corporation or visit the National Instruments Website.

1.3

GPIB Preparations

Install a GPIB controller board (card) in the controlling computer and connect it with a commercially available
GPIB cable. For details, refer to the user's manual of the GPIB controller board (card) that is used.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

2

1.4

Selecting the Interface

Either GPIB or USB can be used as the interface to be used. The WF1973/WF1974 cannot be controlled fromthe interface that is not selected. The selected interface is retained even after the power is switched off.
The USB interface is selected at shipping.
1. From [MENU], select “4:Utility” and then press the [ENTER] key.

2. Select “Remote” and then press the [ENTER] key.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

33. Select “Interface” and then press the [ENTER] key to display the screen for selecting the interface.

CAUTION

When the computer recognizes WF1973/WF1974, if you switch the interface fromUSB to GPIB or disconnect the USB cable, the computer may exhibit unexpectedbehavior.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

4

1.5

GPIB Address Setting

The GPIB address can be set when the GPIB interface is selected.
Set the GPIB address to a different value than the addresses of other devices connected with a GPIB cable. The
set value is backed up when the power is turned off.
“2” is set at shipping.
1. Set “Interface” to [GPIB] by performing steps 1 to 3 in “1.4 Selecting the Interface”.

2. Select “GPIB Address” and then press the [ENTER] key to display the screen for setting the GPIB
address.
Enter the address by using the numeric keypad on the panel.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

5

1.6

GPIB EOI Setting

When you select the GPIB interface, you can switch the message terminator recognized by WF1973/WF1974.
The set value is retained in the memory even when the power is turned off.
“Enable” is set at shipping.
1. Set “Interface” to [GPIB] by performing step 1 to 3 in “1.4 Selecting Interface.”

2. Select “EOI” and then press the [ENTER] key to display the screen for switching the message
terminator recognized.
• Enable: Recognizes the EOI signal, run the command that was entered.
• Disable: Recognizes the EOI signal, LF (without EOI signal) or CR+LF (without EOI signal),
run the command that was entered. However, it cannot deal with the binary data transfer.

CAUTION

Please use as the EOI setting usually “Enable.”

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

6

1.7

USB IDIf multiple units of WF1973/WF1974are connected within a system via USB, the following numbers are used
to enable the application to identify each unit.
• Vendor number : 3402(0x0D4A)• Product number : 13(0x000D)/WF1973, 14(0x000E)/WF1974• Serial number : Product’s manufacturing number (serial number)

1.8

Releasing Remote StateIn the remote control remote state, the “USB” or “GPIB” icon is lit on the LCD, and “LOCAL” is displayed on
the [F5] software key. When the [F5] key is pressed in this status, the remote state is released, and panel
operation becomes possible. However, when “LOCAL” is not displayed (local lockout status), panel operation
is disabled. To enable panel operation, specify local control from the remote control controller.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

7

1.9

Cautions• USB and GPIB connectors are located on the rear panel.
• The USB and GPIB interfaces are expected to be used under a relatively stable environment. Avoid using
in a place that has power fluctuation or environment with much electrical noise.
• Connect/disconnect the GPIB connector only after powering off all the units connected on the bus.
• When using the GPIB interface, power on all devices connected on the bus.
• The total cable length should be 2 m x (number of units) or 20 m, whichever is the shorter.
• The length of each cable must be 4 m or shorter.
• Check carefully for the GPIB address before setting it. If a duplicate address is set to multiple units within
the same system, the equipment may be damaged.
• When using the GPIB interface, set EOI with the controller of the GPIB connected with the equipment.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

82. EXPLANATION OF COMMANDS
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6

Outline of Commands ······································································································ 10
Command List ··············································································································· 23
Description of Individual Commands ··················································································· 40
Sequence I/O Data Specifications ······················································································· 170
Trigger/Oscillation Status Control······················································································· 173
System Unit ················································································································· 174

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

9

2.1

Outline of Commands

The commands of the WF1973/WF1974 comply with IEEE488.2 and SCPI (version 1999.0). SCPI defines acommunication method using between controllers and measuring devices. For general information regarding
SCPI, refer to other appropriate documents.

2.1.1

Notation

For convenience, the following notation system is used in this document.
<>< > indicates something other than the item itself. In the case of parameters and response data,
the abbreviation of the type is enclosed in < >.

[]Options, which can be omitted, are indicated between [ ].

{abc|xyz}
Means that either “abc” or “xyz” can be used.
[abc|xyz]
Indicates that either “abc” or “xyz” can be used, but that both are options, which may beomitted.
Uppercase, lowercase
Keywords in both uppercase and lowercase are the long form, while keywords in uppercase
only are the short form.

2.1.2

Commands

The program messages of the WF1973/WF1974 are configured of common commands and subsystemcommands.
The format of each type of command, the subsystem command tree, etc., are described below.

2.1.2.1Common commands
Common commands are commands that are used to control comprehensive functions of the equipment.
Figure 2.1 shows the common command syntax.

Figure 2.1. Common Command Syntax

The keyword in Figure 2.1 consists of 3 alphabetic characters. Here, SP is a space character (ASCII code 32).

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

102.1.2.2Subsystem commands
Subsystem commands are commands that are used to execute specific functions of the equipment. Each suchcommand consists of a root keyword, one or more lower-level keywords, a parameter, and a suffix.
A sample command and query are shown below.

:OUTPut:STATe ON:OUTPut:STATe?

OUTPut is the root-level keyword linking a second level keyword, and ON is a parameter.

2.1.2.3Command tree of subsystem command(A) Command tree structure
In SCPI, a hierarchical structure resembling a file system is used for subsystem commands.
This command structure is called a command tree.
Figure 2.2 shows an example of a command tree for subsystem commands.

Figure 2.2. Example of Command Tree for Subsystem Commands

In the command tree in Figure 2.2, the keywords nearest the top ([:SOURce], [:OUTPut], and [:SYSTem]) areroot level keywords, and to reach the keywords on the lower levels, a specific path must be traveled. For
example, the access path to [:OFFSet] is [:SOURce]-[VOLTage]-[LEVel]-[IMMediate]-[OFFSet].

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)11(B) Current path transition
The current path is the first level that is searched by the parser among the various levels of the command tree
when the user sends the next command. The parser determines the current path according to the following
rules.
(1) At power-on and reset
The current path is set to root.
(2) Message terminator
Upon reception of a message terminator, the current path is set to root.
(3) Colon (command separator)
When a colon is placed between two keywords, the colon moves the current path one level down in thecommand tree.
(4) Colon (root specifier)When a colon is placed at the beginning of a command, the current path is set to root.
(5) Semicolon
Semicolons have no influence on the current path.
(6) SpaceSpaces have no influence on the current path.
(7) Comma
Commas have no influence on the current path.
(8) IEEE488.2 common commands
Common commands have no influence on the current path.
Through appropriate use of semicolons, multiple commands can be sent efficiently.
For example, the following string:SOURce:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 1.0; OFFSet 1.0

achieves the transmission of the following two commands::SOURce:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 1.0:SOURce:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet 1.0

When an optional keyword is omitted, caution about the current path movement is required.
For example, in the case of:VOLTage 1.0

the current path is [:SOURce]. Therefore, if:SOURce:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 1.0:SOURce:FREQuency:FIXed 1000.0

are transmitted as one program message, as follows,:SOURce:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 1.0; FREQuency:FIXed 1000.0
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

12results in an error.
However,:SOURce:VOLTage 1.0; FREQuency:FIXed 1000.0

does not result in an error.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

132.1.2.4Subsystem command syntax
Figure 2.3 shows the syntax of subsystem commands.

Figure 2.3. Subsystem Command Syntax(A) Keyword
The keyword in Figure 2.3 is a string of up to 12 characters, starts with an alphabetic character, and iscomprised of uppercase and lowercase alphabetic characters, underscore (_), and numeric characters.
The majority of the keywords listed in “2.2 Command List” consist of a mix of uppercase and lowercase
characters. Here, uppercase characters are used for the short form, and a mix of uppercase and lowercase
characters is used for the long form of keywords. For convenience, keywords use uppercase and lowercase
characters, but in the case of actual commands, no distinction is made between uppercase and lowercase.
Examples for the “OUTPut” keyword are listed in Table 2.1.
Table 2.1. Keywords Accepted and Not Accepted by Equipment (for “OUTPut")
Keyword

Description

OUTPUTCan be used as long form.

OUTP

Can be used as short form.

OuTpUtNot case sensitive. Can be used as long form.

oUtP

Not case sensitive. Can be used as short form.

OUTPU

Cannot be used because it corresponds to neither long form nor short form.

OUT

Cannot be used because it corresponds to neither long form nor short form.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

14

(B) Keyword separator
The colons (:) in Figure 2.3 are interpreted as keyword separators. These keyword separators serve to separate
an upper-level keyword from a lower-level keyword in the command tree, as shown in Figure 2.2.
The colon (:) at the beginning of the subsystem command is interpreted as a root specifier. This root specifiersets the current path to root.
(C) Keyword omission
The keywords enclosed in square brackets ([ ]) in the commands listed in “2.2 Command List” can be omitted.
If omitted, the equipment analyzes that command as if that option keyword had been received.
For example, in the case of:OUTPut[:STATe]

either of the following two commands can be used.

:OUTPut:STATe:OUTPut(D) Channel specification
In the case of a two-channel unit, the channel can be specified for the majority of the commands by using anomissible numeric keyword suffix.
For example, in the case of:OUTPut[1|2]:STATe

Channel 1 and Channel 2 commands are as follows::OUTPut[1]:STATe:OUTPut2:STATe

If no channel number is specified, [1] is considered to have been omitted, and the command is interpreted as acommand for Channel 1. For example, when the output of Channel 1 is controlled to “On", either of thefollowing commands can be used::OUTPut1:STATe ON:OUTPut:STATe ON

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

15(E) Parameters
The parameter types are as follows.
(1) Numeric parameter (<REAL>, <INT>)The numeric parameter syntax is shown in Figure 2.4.

Figure 2.4. Numeric Parameter (<REAL>, <INT>) Syntax

The syntaxes of the mantissa and index of Figure 2.4 are shown in Figures 2.5 and 2.6.

Digit
Digit
Digit

Digit
Figure 2.5. Mantissa Syntax

Digit

Figure 2.6. Index Syntax

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

16(2) Discrete parameter (<DISC>)
The discrete parameter syntax is shown in Figure 2.7.

Figure 2.7. Discrete Parameter (<DISC>) Syntax(3) Truth value parameter (<BOL>)
The truth value parameter syntax is shown in Figure 2.8.

Figure 2.8. Truth Value Parameter (<BOL>) Syntax

The truth value parameter is interpreted as true for values other than 0, and as false for “0”.
If a value that includes a fractional part is specified, this value is interpreted as the whole number obtained byrounding off the fractional part. Therefore, for example, “0.4” is false, and “0.5” is true.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)17(4) Character string parameter (<STR>)
The character string parameter syntax is shown in Figure 2.9.

Figure 2.9. Character String Parameter (<STR>) Syntax(5) Block parameter (<BLK>)
The block parameter syntax is shown in Figure 2.10.

Digitother than 0

Digit

Figure 2.10. Block Parameter (<BLK>) Syntax

NL is a line feed (ASCII code 10), and ^END is an EOI asserted at the last byte.

(F) Parameter separator
The parameter separator is used for commands that have two or more parameters, and serves as a separator
between parameters.

(G) Query paramter
The query parameter is specified after “?” of the query, and can be used for most queries for commands withnumeric parameters. For example, when "MINimum" or "MAXimum" is specified as a query parameter, thesettable minimum value or settable maximum value can be queried, respectively.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)18

(H) Suffix
The suffix syntax is shown in Figure 2.11.

Figure 2.11. Suffix Syntax

In the WF1973/WF1974, the prefix of the unit and the unit attached to a parameter are valid only for thatcommand, and have no influence on other commands.
:SOURce1:VOLTage:AMPLitude:UNIT VRMS Sets amplitude unit to Vrms
:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 2.0 Sets amplitude to 2.0 Vrms
:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 2.0VPP Sets amplitude to 2.0 Vp-p

2.1.2.5Program message syntax
Two or more common commands and subsystem commands can be combined and transmitted from thecontroller to the equipment as one program message.
The program message syntax is shown in Figure 2.12.

Figure 2.12. Program Message Syntax

Commands are separated by a semicolon (;).

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

192.1.2.6Response message syntax
A response message is the data transmitted from the equipment in response to a query.
(A) Response message syntax
The response message syntax is shown in Figure 2.13.

Figure 2.13. Response Message Syntax

Commas (,) and semicolons (;) are used as separators in response messages. Whenmultiple values are returned with one command, the data are separated with commas (,).
On the other hand, when there are several queries for one program message, the data for each query areseparated with semicolons (;).
(B) Resoponse message data
The response message data types are as follows.
(1) Real number response data (<REAL>)
The real number response data syntax is shown in Figure 2.14.

Figure 2.14. Real Number Response Data (<REAL>) Syntax

The NR2 real number response data syntax is shown in Figure 2.15.

Digit

Digit

Figure 2.15. NR2 Real Number Response Data (<NR2>)

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

20

The NR3 real number response data syntax is shown in Figure 2.16.

Digit

Digit

Digit

Figure 2.16. NR3 Real Number Response Data (<NR3>) Syntax(2) Integer response data (<INT>)
The integer response data syntax is shown in Figure 2.17.

Digit

Figure 2.17. Integer Response Data (<INT>) Syntax(3) Discrete response data (<DISC>)
The discrete response data syntax is shown in Figure 2.18.

Figure 2.18. Discrete Response Data (<DISC>) Syntax

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)21

(4) Numeric truth value response data (<NBOL>)
The numeric truth value response data syntax is shown in Figure 2.19.

Figure 2.19. Numeric Truth Value Response Data (<NBOL>) Syntax(5) Character string response data (<STR>)
The character string response data syntax is shown in Figure 2.20.

Figure 2.20. Character String Response Data (<STR>) Syntax(6) Determined length block response data (<DBLK>)
The determined length block response data syntax is shown in Figure 2.21.

Digit otherthan 0Digit

Byte data

Figure 2.21. Determined Length Block Response Data (<DBLK>) Syntax(7) Indeterminate length block response data (<IBLK>)
The indeterminate length block response data syntax is shown in Figure 2.22.

Figure 2.22. Indeterminate Length Block Response Data (<IBLK>) Syntax

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

22

2.2

Command List

Table 2.2 lists the commands of the WF1973/WF1974.
The meanings of the symbols used in Table 2.2 are as follows. The lowercase part of each keyword isomissible.
• Square brackets ([ ]) indicate omissible keywords (implicit keywords).
• Vertical bars (|) indicate that one of several keywords can be selected.
Table 2.2. Command List
Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

WF19742-channel equipment (WF1974)
Channel mode setting/query:CHANnel:MODE

2.3.1

345/10345/102-channel equipment (WF1974)
Frequency difference setting/query:CHANnel:DELTa

2.3.2

250/10250/152-channel equipment (WF1974)
Frequency ratio setting/query:CHANnel:RATio

2.3.3

490/10485/102-channel equipment (WF1974)
Same value setting to 2 channels
setting/query:INSTrument:COUPle

2.3.4

20/10

20/15

Output on/off
setting/query:OUTPut[1|2][:STATe]

2.3.5

15/10

15/15

Output status at power-on
setting/query:OUTPut[1|2]:PON

2.3.6

220/10335/10Autorange selection
selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO

2.3.7

70/10

70/15

Phase synchronization setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:INITiate

2.3.8

45/–

45/–

External addition input setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:COMBine:FEED

2.3.9

65/10

65/10

Load impedance setting/query:OUTPut[1|2]:LOAD

2.3.10260/10260/10

Trigger operation sweep mode
Trigger source selection/query:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:SOURce

2.3.11

15/10

15/15

Trigger operation sweep mode
Internal trigger cycle setting/query:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:TIMer

2.3.12

10/10

15/15

Trigger operation sweep mode
External trigger signal polarity
selection/query:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:SLOPe

2.3.13

10/10

10/10

OutputTrigger
Sweep

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)23

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Burst
Trigger operation burst mode
Trigger source selection/query:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:SOURce

2.3.14

10/10

10/15

Trigger operation burst mode
Internal trigger cycle setting/query:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:TIMer

2.3.15

10/10

15/15

Trigger operation burst mode
External trigger signal polarity
selection/query:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:SLOPe

2.3.16

10/10

10/10

Manual trigger (TRIG key operation)*TRG

2.3.17

10/–

10/–

Manual trigger (TRIG key operation):TRIGger[1|2][:SEQuence][:IMMediate]2.3.18

10/–

10/–:TRIGger[1|2]:SELected:EXECute

2.3.1930/-

30/-

Frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]

2.3.20

45/10

45/15

Frequency Unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:UNIT

2.3.21

10/10

10/15

Frequency User-defined unit
setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:USER

2.3.22

15/15

15/15

Amplitude setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]

2.3.23

95/10

95/15

Amplitude Unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:UNIT

2.3.24

10/10

10/15

Amplitude User-defined unit
setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:USER

2.3.25

15/15

20/15

DC offset setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet2.3.26

95/15

95/10

DC offset Unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:UNIT

2.3.27

10/10

10/15

DC offset User unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:USER

2.3.28

15/15

20/15

Phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe[:ADJust]

2.3.29

20/15

20/15

Phase Unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:UNIT

2.3.30

10/10

10/15

Phase User-defined unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:USER

2.3.31

15/15

15/15

Control
Trigger operation execution control
setting
Basic parameter
Frequency

Amplitude

DC offset

Phase

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)24

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Output voltage range (Switching setting between amplitude and DC offset)
Output voltage range
High level setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH

2.3.32

70/15

70/15

Output voltage range
High level Unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH:UNIT

2.3.33

10/10

10/15

Output voltage range
Low level setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW

2.3.34145/15145/20

Output voltage range
Low level Unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW:UNIT

2.3.35

10/10

10/15

Square/pulse wave shared commands
Square/pulse wave shared commands
Duty Unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:UNIT

2.3.36

10/15

10/15

Square/pulse wave shared commands
Duty User-defined unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:USER

2.3.37

15/20

15/15

[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle

2.3.38

20/15

20/15

Pulse wave
Duty setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle

2.3.39

65/15

45/20

Pulse wave
Pulse width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:WIDTh

2.3.40

65/10

45/20

Pulse wave
Rising time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:TRANsition[:LEADing]

2.3.41

35/10

30/15

Pulse wave
Falling time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:TRANsition:TRAiling2.3.42

25/10

25/15

Pulse wave
Period setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod

2.3.43

95/15

75/20

Pulse wave
Period Unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod:UNIT

2.3.44

10/10

10/10

Pulse wave
Period User-defined unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod:USER

2.3.45

15/15

20/15

[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry

2.3.46

30/10

30/15

Square wave
Square wave
Duty setting/query
Pulse wave

Ramp wave
Ramp wave
Symmetry setting/query

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)25

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Waveform
Waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]

2.3.47300/10300/15

Waveform polarity selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:POLarity

2.3.48100/10100/15

Amplitude range selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SCALe

2.3.49100/10100/15

Square wave
Extension on/off selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SQUare:EXTend

2.3.50

15/10

20/15

Unbalanced sine wave:
First-half amplitude setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude[1]2.3.51

65/10

65/15

Unbalanced sine wave:
Second-half amplitude setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude2

2.3.52

60/15

60/15

Clipped sine wave:
Clip rate setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CSINe:CLIP

2.3.53

25/15

30/15

CF controlled sine wave:
Crest factor setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CFCSine:CFACtor

2.3.54

30/10

30/15

Conduction angle controlled sine
wave: Conduction angle setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ACSine:ANGLe

2.3.55

25/10

30/15

Staircase sine wave:
Number of steps setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SSINe:STEPs

2.3.56

90/10

90/15

Multi-cycle sine wave:
Number of cycles setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion: MCSine:CYCLes

2.3.57

35/15

35/15

Multi-cycle sine wave:
Start phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:MCSine:PHASe

2.3.58

35/15

35/15

On-phase controlled sine wave:
Complete-on phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ONPSine:ONPHase

2.3.59

25/15

30/15

On-phase controlled sine wave:
On-slope time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ONPSine:STIMe

2.3.60

25/15

30/15

Off-phase controlled sine wave:
Off-phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OFPSine:OFPHase

2.3.61

25/15

25/15

Off-phase controlled sine wave:
Off-slope time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OFPSine:STIMe

2.3.62

20/10

20/10

Chattering-on sine wave:
On-phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:ONPHase

2.3.63

25/15

25/15

Chattering-on sine wave:
Number of chattering setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:NCHattering

2.3.64

25/10

25/15

Chattering-on sine wave:
On-state time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:TON

2.3.65

25/10

30/15

Chattering-on sine wave:
Off-state time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:TOFF

2.3.66

25/10

30/15

Parameter variable waveform

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)26

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Chattering-off sine wave:
Off-phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:OFPHase

2.3.67

25/15

25/15

Chattering-off sine wave:
Number of chattering setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:NCHattering

2.3.68

20/10

20/15

Chattering-off sine wave:
On-state time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:TON

2.3.69

20/10

20/15

Chattering-off sine wave:
Off-state time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:TOFF

2.3.70

20/10

20/15

Gaussian pulse:Standard deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:GAUSsian:SIGMa

2.3.71

30/10

30/15

Lorentz pulse:
Half value of width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:LORentz:HWIDth

2.3.72

30/10

30/15

Haversine:
Width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HAVersine:WIDTh

2.3.73

85/10

85/15

Half-sine pulse
Width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSPulse:WIDTh

2.3.74

80/15

80/15

Trapezoid pulse:
Slope width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TPULse:RFALl

2.3.75

20/15

20/15

Trapezoid pulse:
Upper base width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TPULse:UBASe

2.3.76

25/10

20/15

Sin(x)/x: Number of zero crossings
setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SINC:ZCRossing

2.3.77

40/10

40/15

Exponential rise:Time constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ERISe:TCONstant

2.3.78

30/15

30/15

Exponential fall:
Time constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:EFALl:TCONstant

2.3.79

15/15

15/15

Second order LPF step response:
Natural frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SOLStep:NFRequency

2.3.80

35/10

35/15

Second order LPF step response:
Q setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SOLStep:Q

2.3.81

30/10

30/15

Damped oscillation:
Oscillation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:DOSCillation:OFRequency

2.3.82

40/15

40/15

Damped oscillation:
Damping time constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:DOSCillation:DTConstant

2.3.83

30/15

30/15

Oscillation surge:
Oscillation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:OFRequency

2.3.84

170/15

170/15

Oscillation surge:
Damping time constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:DTConstant

2.3.85

170/15

170/15

Oscillation surge:
Trailing time constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:TTConstant

2.3.86

170/15

170/15

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)27

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Pulse surge:
Rising time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:PSURge:TR

2.3.87

30/10

30/15

Pulse surge:
Duration time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:PSURge:TD

2.3.88

30/15

30/15

Trapezoid with offset:
Leading delay setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:DELay

2.3.89

20/15

20/15

Trapezoid with offset:
Rising-slope width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:RISe

2.3.90

20/10

20/15

Trapezoid with offset:
Upper base width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:UBASe

2.3.91

20/10

20/15

Trapezoid with offset:
Falling-slope width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:FALL

2.3.92

20/15

20/15

Trapezoid with offset:
Offset setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:OFFSet

2.3.93

20/10

20/15

Half-sine edge pulse:
Leading-edge time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:LE

2.3.94

25/10

25/15

Half-sine edge pulse:
Trailing-edge time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:TE

2.3.95

25/10

25/15

Half-sine edge pulse:
Duty setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:DCYCle

2.3.96

20/10

20/15

Bottom referenced ramp wave:
Symmetry setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:BRRAMp:SYMMetry

2.3.97

20/10

20/15

[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USER

2.3.98

25/10

25/15

{:TRACe|:DATA}[:DATA]

2.3.99450/5028000/
7000
250/202200/
150

820/150
41000/
22000
370/253100/
1200

Arbitrary waveform
Arbitrary waveform selection/query
Arbitrary waveform memory
Arbitrary waveform memory
Arbitrary waveform datatransfer/read out

Array format (4K-Word)
Array format (512K-Word)
Control point format (10-point)
Control point format (10000-point)

Arbitrary waveform memory Store{:TRACe|:DATA}:STORe

2.3.100

540/–

660/–

Arbitrary waveform memory Recall{:TRACe|:DATA}:RECall

2.3.101

50/–

50/–

Arbitrary waveform memory Copy{:TRACe|:DATA}:COPY

2.3.102

380/–

540/–

Arbitrary waveform memory Delete{:TRACe|:DATA}:DELete

2.3.103

600/–

620/–

Arbitrary waveform memory
information acquisition{:TRACe|:DATA}:INFormation?

2.3.104

–/35

–/20

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)28

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Continuous oscillation
Continuous oscillation mode
selection[:SOURce[1|2]]:CONTinuous[:IMMediate]2.3.105

90/–

90/–

Continuous oscillation mode
query[:SOURce[1|2]]:CONTinuous:STATe?

2.3.106

–/10

–/15

Modulated oscillation mode
FSK selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:STATe

2.3.107

100/10100/15Modulated oscillation mode FSK
Hop frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey[:FREQuency]

2.3.108

10/15

10/15

Modulated oscillation mode FSK
Modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:SOURce

2.3.109

10/10

15/15

Modulated oscillation mode FSK
Moduation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:INTernal:FREQuency

2.3.110

20/15

20/15

Modulated oscillation mode FSK
Sync output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:FSKey:TYPE

2.3.111

10/10

10/10

Modulated oscillation mode
PSK selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:STATe

2.3.112100/10100/15Modulated oscillation mode PSK
Deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey[:DEViation]

2.3.113

10/10

10/15

Modulated oscillation mode PSK
Modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:SOURce

2.3.114

20/10

20/15

Modulated oscillation mode PSK
Modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:INTernal:FREQuency

2.3.115

20/10

20/15

Modulated oscillation mode PSK
Sync output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PSKey:TYPE

2.3.116

10/10

10/15

Modulated oscillation mode
FM selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:STATe

2.3.117100/10100/10Modulated oscillation mode FM
Peak deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM[:DEViation]

2.3.118

25/15

10/15

Modulated oscillation mode FM
Modulation source election/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:SOURce

2.3.119

15/10

15/10

Modulated oscillation mode FM
Modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FREQuency

2.3.120

15/10

20/15

Modulated oscillation mode FM
Modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]

2.3.121

10/10

10/15

Modulation
FSK

PSK

FM

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)29

Processing Time [ms]Function

Modulated oscillation mode FM
Arbitrary waveform of modulation
waveform
selection/query
Modulated oscillation mode FM
Sync output selection/query

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER

2.3.122

25/10

35/15

:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:FM:TYPE

2.3.123

10/10

10/15

Modulated oscillation mode
PM selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:STATe

2.3.124

100/10100/15Modulated oscillation mode PM
Peak deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM[:DEViation]

2.3.125

20/10

20/15

Modulated oscillation mode PM
Modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:SOURce

2.3.126

10/10

20/10

Modulated oscillation mode PM
Modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FREQuency

2.3.127

15/10

20/15

Modulated oscillation mode PM
Modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]

2.3.128

10/10

10/15

Modulated oscillation mode PM
Arbitrary waveform of modulation
waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER

2.3.129

25/10

35/15

Modulated oscillation mode PM
Sync output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PM:TYPE

2.3.130

10/10

15/15

Modulated oscillation mode
AM selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:STATe

2.3.131100/10100/10Modulated oscillation mode AM
Modulation depth setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM[:DEPTh]

2.3.132

10/10

15/15

Modulated oscillation modeAM
Modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:SOURce

2.3.133

10/10

15/15

Modulated oscillation mode AM
Modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FREQuency

2.3.134

20/10

20/15

Modulated oscillation mode AM
Modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]

2.3.135

10/10

10/10

Modulated oscillation mode AM
Arbitrary waveform of modulation
waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER

2.3.136

25/10

25/15

Modulated oscillation mode AM
Sync output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:AM:TYPE

2.3.137

10/10

10/10

PM

AM

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)30

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

AM(DSB-SC)
Modulated oscillation mode
AM(DSB-SC) selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:STATe

2.3.138

100/10100/10Modulated oscillation mode AM(DSB-SC)
Modulation depth setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC[:DEPTh]

2.3.139

10/10

10/15

Modulated oscillation mode AM(DSB-SC)
Modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:SOURce

2.3.140

10/10

15/10

Modulated oscillation mode AM(DSB-SC)
Modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FREQuency

2.3.141

20/10

20/15

Modulated oscillation mode AM(DSB-SC)
Modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]

2.3.142

10/10

10/10

Modulated oscillation mode AM(DSB-SC)
Arbitrary waveform of modulation
waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER

2.3.143

25/10

30/15

Modulated oscillation mode AM(DSB-SC)
Sync output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:AMSC:TYPE

2.3.144

10/10

10/10

Modulated oscillation mode
DC offset modulation selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:STATe

2.3.145

100/10100/20Modulated oscillation mode DC offset
modulation
Peak deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM[:DEViation]

2.3.146

65/15

65/15

Modulated oscillation mode DC offset
modulation
Modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:SOURce

2.3.147

10/10

15/10

Modulated oscillation mode DC offset
modulation
Modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FREQuency

2.3.148

15/15

15/15

Modulated oscillation mode DC offset
modulation
Modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]

2.3.149

10/10

10/10

Modulated oscillation mode DCoffset
modulation
Arbitrary waveform of modulation
waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER

2.3.150

25/10

25/15

Modulated oscillation mode DC offset
modulation
Sync output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:OFSM:TYPE

2.3.151

10/10

10/10

DC offset modulation

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)31

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

PWM
Modulated oscillation mode
PWM selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:STATe

2.3.152

120/10120/10Modulated oscillation mode PWM
Peak deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM[:DEViation]:DCYCle

2.3.153

25/15

25/15

Modulated oscillation mode PWM
Modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:SOURce

2.3.154

10/10

15/10

Modulated oscillation mode PWM
Modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FREQuency

2.3.155

15/15

15/15

Modulated oscillation mode PWM
Modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]

2.3.156

10/10

10/15

Modulated oscillation mode PWM
Arbitrary waveform of modulation
waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER

2.3.157

25/10

25/15

Modulated oscillation mode PWM
Sync output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PWM:TYPE

2.3.158

10/10

10/10

Sweep oscillation mode
Sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:MODE

2.3.159

15/10

15/15

Basic sweep setting
Sweep slope selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SPACing

2.3.160

10/10

10/15

Basic sweep setting
Sweep direction selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:INTernal:FUNCtion

2.3.161

10/10

10/15

Basic sweep setting
Sweep time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:TIME

2.3.162

15/10

10/15

Basic sweep setting
Stop level setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SLEVel

2.3.163

10/10

10/15

Basic sweep setting
Stop level selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SLEVel:STATe

2.3.164

10/10

10/15

Basic sweep setting
oscillation stop unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:OSTop

2.3.165

10/10

10/15

Basic sweep setting
Multiconnector control on/off
selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:MCONnector:STATe

2.3.166

10/10

10/15

Basic sweep setting
Sync output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:SWEep:TYPE

2.3.167

10/10

10/15

Sweep
Sweep mode selection

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)32

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Frequency sweep
Sweep oscillation mode
Frequency sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:MODE

2.3.168

180/10180/15Frequency sweep
Start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STARt

2.3.169

20/15

20/15

Frequency sweep
Stop value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STOP

2.3.170

20/15

20/15

Frequency sweep
Center value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:CENTer

2.3.171

20/15

20/15

Frequency sweep
Span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:SPAN

2.3.172

20/15

20/15

Frequency sweep
Marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:FREQuency

2.3.173

15/15

15/15

Frequency sweep
Start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:SWAP

2.3.174

25/–

15/–

Frequency sweep
Start/stop value output setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STATe

2.3.175

10/–

15/–

Sweep oscillation mode
Phase sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:MODE

2.3.176

190/10190/15Phase sweep
Start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STARt

2.3.177

20/15

20/15

Phase sweep
Stop value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STOP

2.3.178

20/15

20/15

Phase sweep
Center value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:CENTer

2.3.179

20/15

20/15

Phase sweep
Span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:SPAN

2.3.180

20/15

20/15

Phase sweep
Marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:PHASe

2.3.181

15/15

15/15

Phase sweep
Start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:SWAP

2.3.182

15/–

20/–

Phase sweep
Start/stop value output setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STATe

2.3.183

10/–

15/–

Sweep oscillation mode
Amplitude sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:MODE

2.3.184

230/15230/20

Amplitude sweep
Start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STARt

2.3.185

20/15

20/20

Phase sweep

Amplitude sweep

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)33

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Amplitude sweep
Stop value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STOP

2.3.186

20/15

20/20

Amplitude sweep
Center value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:CENTer

2.3.187

20/15

25/20

Amplitude sweep
Span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:SPAN

2.3.188

20/15

20/20

Amplitude sweep
Marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]

2.3.189

20/15

20/20

Amplitude sweep
Start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:SWAP

2.3.190

20/–

20/–

Amplitude sweep
Start/stop value output setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STATe

2.3.191

15/–

15/–

Sweep oscillation mode
DC offset sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:MODE

2.3.192

230/15230/20

DC offset sweep
Start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STARt

2.3.193

20/20

20/20

DC offset sweep
Stop value[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STOP

2.3.194

20/15

20/20

DC offset sweep
Center value setting/query
setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:CENTer

2.3.195

20/15

20/20

DC offset sweep
Span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SPAN

2.3.196

20/15

20/20

DC offset sweep
Marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet

2.3.197

15/20

15/20

DC offset sweep
Start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SWAP

2.3.198

20/–

20/–

DC offset sweep
Start/stop value output setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STATe

2.3.199

15/–

15/–

Sweep oscillation mode
Duty sweep
selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:MODE

2.3.200

250/15250/15

Duty sweep
Start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STARt

2.3.201

20/15

20/15

Duty sweep
Stop value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STOP

2.3.202

20/15

20/15

Duty sweep
Center value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:CENTer

2.3.203

20/15

20/15

DC offset sweep

Duty sweep

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)34

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Duty sweep
Span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:SPAN

2.3.204

20/15

20/15

Duty sweep
Marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:PULSe:DCYCle

2.3.205

20/15

20/15

Duty sweep
Start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:SWAP

2.3.206

20/–

20/–

Duty sweep
Start/stop value output settiing[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STATe

2.3.207

10/–

10/–

Burst oscillation mode
Selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:STATe

2.3.208

100/10100/10

Burst oscillation
Burst mode selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:MODE

2.3.209

10/10

10/10

Burst oscillation
Stop level setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:SLEVel

2.3.210

10/10

10/15

Burst oscillation
Stop level selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:SLEVel:STATe

2.3.211

10/10

10/10

Burst oscillation
Sync output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:BURSt:TYPE

2.3.212

10/10

10/10

Burst oscillation
Auto burst mode:mark wave number
setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:AUTO:NCYCles

2.3.213

10/10

10/15

Burst oscillation
Auto burst mode: space wave number
setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:AUTO:SPACe

2.3.214

10/10

10/10

Burst oscillation
Trigger burst mode: mark wave
number setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt[:TRIGger]:NCYCles

2.3.215

10/10

10/15

Burst oscillation
Trigger burst mode: trigger delay time
setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt[:TRIGger]:TDELay

2.3.216

10/10

15/15

Burst oscillation
Gate burst mode: oscillation stop unit
setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:GATE:OSTop

2.3.217

10/10

10/15

Burst oscillation
Triggered gate mode: oscillation stop
unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:TGATe:OSTop

2.3.218

10/10

10/10

Burst
Burst oscillation

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)35

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Sequence
Sequence selection[:SOURce[1|2]]:SEQuence:STATe

2.3.219

20/10

20/15

Store

:TRACe|DATA:SEQuence:STORe

2.3.2201600/–

1800/–

Recall:TRACe|DATA:SEQuence:RECall

2.3.221

90/–

90/–

Sequence data I/O:TRACe|DATA:SEQuence

2.3.222

2000/
160

3000/
285

Sequence data compilation:TRIGger[1|2]:COMPile[:IMMediate]2.3.223

2000/–

2000/–

Current step number acquisition[:SOURce[1|2]]:SEQuence:CSTep?

2.3.224

–/10

–/10

Sequence data initialization:TRACe|DATA:SEQuence:CLEar

2.3.225

2000/–

2000/–

Basic setting memory clear:MEMory:STATe:DELete

2.3.226

700/–

700/–

Basic setting memory store*SAV

2.3.227

900/–

900/–

Basic setting memory recall*RCL

2.3.228

250/–

250/–

Status register and related queue clear*CLS

2.3.229

105/–

100/–

Status reporting related preset
setting:STATus:PRESet

2.3.230

10/–

10/–

Power-on status register clear flagsetting/query*PSC

2.3.231

10/10

10/10

Status byte register query*STB?

2.3.232

–/10

–/10

Service request enable registersetting/query*SRE

2.3.233

10/10

10/10

Standard event status register
query

*ESR?

2.3.234

–/10

–/10

Standard event enable registersetting/query*ESE

2.3.235

10/10

10/10

Setting memory
Basic setting memory

StatusStatus operations

Operation status register group (common to CH1/CH2)
Condition register query:STATus:OPERation:CONDition?

2.3.236

–/10

–/10

Transition filter register (negative)
setting/query:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition

2.3.237

10/10

10/10

Transition filter register (postive)
setting/query:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition

2.3.238

10/10

10/10

Event register query:STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?

2.3.239

–/10

–/10

Event enable register setting/query:STATus:OPERation:ENABle

2.3.240

10/10

10/10

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)36

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

CH1 operation status register group
CH1 operation status register group
Condition register query:STATus:OPERation:CH1:CONDition?

2.3.241

–/10

–/10

CH1 operation status register group
Transition filter register (negative)
setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH1:NTRansition

2.3.242

10/10

10/10

CH1 operation status register group）
Transition filter register (positive)
setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH1:PTRansition

2.3.243

10/10

10/15

CH1 operation status register group
Event register query:STATus:OPERation:CH1[:EVENt]?

2.3.244

–/10

–/10

CH1 operation status register group
Event enable registersetting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH1:ENABle

2.3.245

10/10

10/10

CH2 operation status register group
CH2 operation status register group
Condition register query:STATus:OPERation:CH2:CONDition?

2.3.246

–/10

–/15

CH2 operation status register group
Transition filter register (negative)
setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH2:NTRansition

2.3.247

10/10

10/10

CH2 operation status register group
Transition filter register (positive)
setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH2:PTRansition

2.3.248

10/10

10/10

CH2 operation status register group
Event register query:STATus:OPERation:CH2[:EVENt]?

2.3.249

–/10

–/15

CH2 operation status register group
Event enable registersetting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH2:ENABle

2.3.250

10/10

10/15

Questionable data status register group
Questionable data status register group
Condition register query:STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?

2.3.251

–/10

–/10

Questionable data status register group
Transition filter register (negative)
setting/query:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition

2.3.252

10/10

10/15

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)37

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Questionable data status register group
Transition filter register (positive)
setting/query:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition

2.3.253

10/10

10/10

Questionable data status register group
Event register query:STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?

2.3.254

–/10

–/10

Questionable data status register group
Event enable registersetting/query:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle

2.3.255

10/10

10/10

Warning event register group
Event register query:STATus:WARNing[:EVENt]?

2.3.256

–/10

–/10

Warning event register group
Event enable registersetting/query:STATus:WARNing:ENABle

2.3.257

10/10

10/10

CH1 warning event register group
Event register query:STATus:WARNing:CH1[:EVENt]?

2.3.258

–/10

–/10

CH1 warning event register group
Event enable registersetting/query:STATus:WARNing:CH1:ENABle

2.3.259

10/10

10/15

CH2 warning event register group
Event register query:STATus:WARNing:CH2[:EVENt]?

2.3.260

–/10

–/10

CH2 warning event register group
Event enable registersetting/query:STATus:WARNing:CH2:ENABle

2.3.261

10/10

10/10

Warning event register group

CH1 warning event register group

CH2 warning event register group

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)38

Processing Time [ms]Function

CommandReference

Setting/Query

USB

GPIB

Other
Equipment-specific information query*IDN?

2.3.262

–/10

–/15

Error message query:SYSTem:ERRor?

2.3.263

–/10

–/15

Setting initialization(status registers, etc. not cleared)*RST

2.3.264

330/–

330/–

Operation completion event bit setting*OPC

2.3.265

10/–

10/–

Setting output key to 1 at operation
completion*OPC?

2.3.266

–/10

–/10

Waiting for command/query execution*WAI

2.3.267

10/–

10/–

Self diagnosis result query*TST?

2.3.268

–/10

–/10

External reference frequency input
setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:ROSCillator:SOURce

2.3.269

15/10

15/15

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

39

2.3

Description of Individual Commands

Each command is described in detail below.

2.3.1

2-channel equipment (WF1974)
channel mode select/query:CHANnel:MODE■:CHANnel:MODE□:CHANnel:MODE?
Description
Selects/queries channel mode
Setting parameters
INDependent|PHASe|TONE|RATio|DIFFerential
INDependent → Indepenent
PHASe→ 2-phase
TONE→ Constant frequency difference
RATio→ Constant frequency ratio
DIFFerential → Differential output
Query parameters
None
Response format
IND|PHAS|TONE|RAT|DIFF† For the meaning of the response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:CHANnel:MODE INDependent
Sets the channel mode to independent
Remarks† This command can be used only for 2-channel device.

2.3.2

2-channel equipment (WF1974)
constant frequency difference mode: frequency difference setting/query:CHANnel:DELTa■:CHANnel:DELTa□:CHANnel:DELTa?
Description
Sets/queries the frequency difference of the constant frequency difference
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Frequency difference: (CH2 frequency - CH1 frequency),
Resolution: 0.01 μHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ Sets the minimum value
MAXimum→ Sets the maximum value
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)40

MINimum
MAXimum→→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:CHANnel:DELTa 1KHZ
Sets the frequency difference to 1 kHz
Remarks† This command can be used only for 2-channel device.

2.3.3

2-channel equipment (WF1974)
constant frequency ratio mode: frequency ratio setting/query:CHANnel:RATio■:CHANnel:RATio□:CHANnel:RATio?
Description
Sets/queries the frequency ratio of the constant frequency ratio
Setting parameters<value1>|MINimum|MAXimum,<value2>|MINimum|MAXimum<value1> ::= <INT><INT> → Frequency ratio of CH1: 1 to 9,999,999<value2> ::= <INT><INT> → Frequency ratio of CH2: 1 to 9,999,999
MINimum→ 1
MAXimum→ 9,999,999
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>,<NR1>
Setting example:CHANnel:RATio 2,3
Sets frequency ratio to 2:3
Remarks† This command can be used only for 2-channel device.

2.3.4

2-channel equipment (WF1974)
2-channel same value operation setting/query:INSTrument:COUPle■:INSTrument:COUPle□:INSTrument:COUPle?
Description
Selects/queries the 2-channel equivalence setting
Setting parameters
ALL|NONEALL →NONE →

Equivalence setting on
Equivalence setting off

Query parameters
None
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)41

Response format
ALL|NONE† For the meaning of the response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:INSTrument:COUPle ALL
Uses 2-channel equivalence setting
Remarks† This command can be used only for 2-channel device.

2.3.5

Output on/off setting/query:OUTPut[1|2][:STATe]■:OUTPut[1|2][:STATe]□:OUTPut[1|2][:STATe]?
Description
Selects/queries the output on/off
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Output off
1/ON: Output on
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: Output off
1: Output on
Setting example:OUTPut1:STATe ON
Sets the output of CH1 to on

2.3.6

Output-on at power-on setting/query:OUTPut[1|2]:PON■:OUTPut[1|2]:PON□:OUTPut[1|2]:PON?
Description
Selects/queries the output on/off of power-on operation
Setting parameters
ON|OFF|LAST
ON
→
OFF
→
LAST →

Output on
Output off
Setting of previous output off operation

Query parameters
None
Response format
ON|OFF|LAST† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:OUTPut1:PON ON
Sets the output of power-on operation of CH1 to on
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

422.3.7

Auto-range operation (output range) selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO?
Description
Selects/queries the automatic range on/off
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Automatic range off
1/ON: Automatic range on
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: Automatic range off
1: Automatic range on
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:RANGe:AUTO ON
Sets the automatic range of CH1 to on

2.3.8

Phase synchronization setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:INITiate■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:INITiate
Description
Executes the phase synchronization
Setting parameters
None

2.3.9

External addition input setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:COMBine:FEED■[:SOURce[1|2]]:COMBine:FEED□[:SOURce[1|2]]:COMBine:FEED?
Description
Selects/queries the external addition
Setting parameters
OFF|X2|X10
OFF
X2
X10

→
→
→

Disables the external addition
Adds 2 times of external input to the output
Adds 10 times of external input to the output

Query parameters
None
Response format
OFF|X2|X10
Setting example:SOURce1:COMBine:FEED X2
Adds 2 times of external input to the output of CH1
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

43

2.3.10 Load impedance setting/query:OUTPut[1|2]:LOAD■:OUTPut[1|2]:LOAD□:OUTPut[1|2]:LOAD?
Description
Sets/queries the load impedance
Setting parameters<load>|MINimum|MAXimum|INFinity<load> ::= <INT>[<eunits>][<units>]<INT>→ Load impedance: 1Ω to 10kΩ,Resolution: 1Ω
<eunits> ::= K<units>::= OHMMINimum→ 1Ω
MAXimum→ 10kΩ
INFinity→ High-Z
Query parameterss[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR1>
Setting example:OUTPut1:LOAD 50OHM
Sets the load impedance of CH1 to 50Ω

2.3.11 Trigger operation sweep mode
trigger source selection/query:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:SOURce■:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:SOURce□:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the sweep trigger source
Setting parameters
TIMer|EXTernal|CH1
TIMer→
EXTernal→
CH1→

Trigger with the internal trigger period
External trigger
External trigger of CH1 (Only CH2 can be selected)

Query parameters
None
Response format
TIM|EXT|CH1† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:TRIGger2:SWEep:SOURce EXT
Sets the sweep trigger source of CH2 to external

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

44

2.3.12 Trigger operation sweep modeinternal trigger cycle setting/query:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:TIMer■:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:TIMer□:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:TIMer?
Description
Sets/queries the internal sweep trigger period
Setting parameters<period>|MINimum|MAXimum<period> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Period: 100.0 μs to 10,000 s,
Resolution:5 digits or 0.1 μs<eunits> ::= MA|K|M|U|N<units>::= S
MINimum→ 100.0 μs
MAXimum→ 10,000 s
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:TRIGger1:SWEep:TIMer 1MS
Sets the internal sweep trigger period of CH1 to 1 ms

2.3.13 Trigger operation sweep mode
external trigger signal polarity selection/query:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:SLOPe■:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:SLOPe□:TRIGger[1|2]:SWEep:SLOPe?
Description
Selects/queries the external sweep trigger polarity
Setting parameters
POSitive|NEGative|OFF
POSitive→
NEGative→
OFF→

Rising
Falling
Disabled

Query parameters
None
Response format
POS|NEG|OFF† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:TRIGger:SWEep:SLOPe NEGative
Sets the external sweep trigger polarity to falling

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)45

2.3.14 Trigger operation burst mode
trigger source selection/query:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:SOURce■ :TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:SOURce□:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the burst trigger source
Setting parameters
TIMer|EXTernal|CH1
TIMer→
EXTernal→
CH1→

Trigger with the internal trigger period
External trigger
External trigger of CH1 (Only CH2 can be selected)

Query parameters
None
Response format
TIM|EXT|CH1† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:TRIGger2:BURSt:SOURce EXT
Sets the burst trigger source of CH2 to external

2.3.15 Trigger operation burst modeinternal trigger cycle setting/query:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:TIMer■:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:TIMer□:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:TIMer?
Description
Sets/queries the internal burst trigger period
Setting parameters<period>|MINimum|MAXimum<period> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Period: 1.0 μs to 1,000 s,
Resolution:5 digits or 0.1 μs<eunits> ::= MA|K|M|U|N<units>::= S
MINimum→ 1.0 μs
MAXimum→ 1,000 s
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:TRIGger1:BURSt:TIMer 1MS
Sets the internal burst trigger period of CH1 to 1 ms

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)46

2.3.16 Trigger operation burst mode
external trigger signal polarity selection/query:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:SLOPe■:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:SLOPe□:TRIGger[1|2]:BURSt:SLOPe?
Description
Selects/queries the external burst trigger polarity
Setting parameters
POSitive|NEGative|OFF
POSitive→
NEGative→
OFF→

Rising
Falling
Disabled

Query parameters
None
Response format
POS|NEG|OFF† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:TRIGger:BURSt:SLOPe NEGative
Sets the external burst trigger polarity to falling

2.3.17 Trigger operation
manual trigger (MAN TRIG key operation)
*TRG
■*TRG
Description
Corresponds to [MANUAL TRIGGER] button
Setting parameters
None
Remarks† Cannot specify channels. It becomes trigger to CH1.
† May not be used depending on the oscillation mode (see Table 2.3).

2.3.18 Trigger operation
manual trigger (MAN TRIG key operation):TRIGger[1|2][:SEQuence][:IMMediate]■:TRIGger[1|2][:SEQuence][:IMMediate]
Description
Corresponds to [MANUAL TRIGGER] button
Setting parameters
None
Remarks† May not be used depending on the oscillation mode (see Table 2.3).

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)47

2.3.19 Trigger operation
execution control setting:TRIGger[1|2]:SELected:EXECute■:TRIGger[1|2]:SELected:EXECute
Description
Controls each oscillation mode
Setting parameters
Modulated oscillation mode
STARt|STOP
STARt→ StartSTOP→ Stop
Sweep oscillation mode
STARt|STOP|HOLD|RESumeSTARt→ StartSTOP→ StopHOLD→ HoldRESume→ Resume
Sequence
STARt|STOP|ISTop|HOLD|RESume|EBRanch
STARt→ StartSTOP→ Stop
ISTop→ Forced stop
HOLD
→ HoldRESume→ Resume
EBRanch→ Event branch
Remarks† Whether "[1|2]" exists in sequence has no influence on the operation.
† Cannot be used in the burst oscillation mode.

2.3.20 Frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency[:CW|:FIXed]?
Description
Sets/queries the frequency of oscillator
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Frequency: 0.01μHz to 30MHz,
Resolution: 0.01μHz† The setting range varies depending on the waveform or oscillation mode.
<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ|USERMINimum→ Sets the maximum value
MAXimum→ Sets the minimum value
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value
48

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:CW 1MHZ
Sets the frequency of CH1 to 1 MHz
Remarks† Sequence frequency setting/query is not possible with this command.

2.3.21 Frequency unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:UNIT■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:UNIT□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:UNIT?
Description
Selects/queries the frequency unit
Setting parameters
HZ|USER
HZ→ Hz
USER → User-defined unit
Query parameters：
None
Response format
HZ|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:UNIT HZ
Sets the frequency unit of CH1 to Hz
Remarks† This command is system unit setting command, it is not reflected on this device screen.
† For system unit, see the Chapter 2.6.

2.3.22 Frequency user-defined unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:USER■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:USER□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:USER?
Description
Sets/queries the user-defined unit of frequency
Setting parameters[<name>],[<form>],[<m>],[<n>]<name> ::= <STR><STR>→ User-defined unit name (up to 4 characters)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<form> ::= LINear|LOGarithmic
LINear→ Linear
LOGarithmic → Logarithmic† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<m> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ m (scale)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)49† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<n> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ n (offset)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)
Query parameters
None
Response format<name>,<form>,<m>,<n><name> ::= <STR><form> ::= LIN|LOG<m> ::= <NR3><n>::= <NR2>† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:USER "kHz",LINear,1000,0
Sets the user-defined unit of frequency of CH1 to "kHz"2.3.23 Amplitude setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]?
Description
Sets/queries the amplitude of oscillator
Setting parameters<amplitude>|MINimum|MAXimum<amplitude> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → AMplitude: 0 Vp-p to 20 Vp-p/open,
0 Vp-p to 10 Vp-p/50Ω,Resolution:(999.9mVp-p or less) 4 digits or 0.1 mVp-p(1Vp-p or more) 5 digits or 1 mVp-p<eunits> ::= M<units>::= VPP|VPK|VRMS|DBV|DBM|USERMINimum→ 0 Vp-p
MAXimum→ 20 Vp-p/open, 10 Vp-p/50Ω
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 10VPP
Sets the amplitude of CH1 to 10 Vp-p
Remarks† Sequence amplitude setting/query is not possible with this command.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)50

2.3.24 Amplitude unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:UNIT■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:UNIT□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:UNIT?
Description
Selects/queries the amplitude unit
Setting parameters
VPP|VPK|VRMS|DBV|DBM|USER
VPP→ Vp-p
VPK
→ Vpk
VRMS
→ Vrms
DBV
→ dBV
DBM
→ dBm
USER
→ User-defined unit
Query parameters
None
Response format
VPP|VPK|VRMS|DBV|DBM|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude:UNIT VPP
Sets the amplitude unit of CH1 to Vp-p
Remarks† This command is system unit setting command, it is not reflected on this device screen.
† For system unit, see the Chapter 2.6.

2.3.25 Amplitude user-defined unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:USER■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:USER□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:USER?
Description
Sets/queries the user-defined unit of amplitude
Setting parameters[<name>],[<form>],[<m>],[<n>]<name> ::= <STR><STR>→ User-defined unit name (up to 4 characters)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<form> ::= LINear|LOGarithmic
LINear→ Linear
LOGarithmic → Logarithmic† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<m> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ m (scale)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<n>::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ n (offset)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

51

MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)
Query parameters
None
Response format<name>,<form>,<m>,<n><name> ::= <STR><form> ::= LIN|LOG<m> ::= <NR3><n>::= <NR2>† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude:USER "mVpk",LINear,0.001,0
Sets the user-defined unit of amplitude of CH1 to "mVpk"

2.3.26 DC offset setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet?
Description
Sets/queries the DC offset of oscillator
Setting parameters<offset>|MINimum|MAXimum<offset> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → DC offset: ± 10V/open, ± 5 V/50Ω,Resolution:(± 499.9 mV or less) 4 digits or 0.1 mV,(± 0.5 V or more) 5 digits or 1 mV<eunits> ::= M<units>::= V|USERMINimum→ -10 V/open, -5 V/50Ω
MAXimum→ 10 V/open, 5 V/50Ω
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet 2.5V
Sets the DC offset of CH1 to 2.5 V

2.3.27 DC offset unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:UNIT■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:UNIT□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:UNIT
Description
Selects/queries the DC offset unit
Setting parameters
V|USERWF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

52

V
→ V
USER → User-defined unit
Query parameters
None
Response format
V|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet:UNIT V
Sets the DC offset of CH1 to V
Remarks† This command is system unit setting command, it is not reflected on this device screen.
† For system unit, see the Chapter 2.6.

2.3.28 DC offset user-defined unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:USER■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:USER□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:USER?
Description
Sets/queries the user-defined unit of DC
Setting parameters[<name>],[<form>],[<m>],[<n>]<name> ::= <STR><STR>→ User-defined unit name (up to 4 characters)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<form> ::= LINear|LOGarithmic
LINear→ Linear
LOGarithmic → Logarithmic† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<m> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ m (scale)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<n> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ n (offset)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)
Query parameters
None
Response format<name>,<form>,<m>,<n><name> ::= <STR><form> ::= LIN|LOG<m> ::= <NR3><n>::= <NR2>† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet:USER "mV",LINear,0.001,0
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)53

Sets the user-defined unit of DC offset of CH1 to "mV"

2.3.29 Phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe[:ADJust]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe[:ADJust]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe[:ADJust]?
Description
Sets/queries the phase of oscillator
Setting parameters<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Phase: -1800.000° to 1800.000°,Resolution: 0.001°<units>::= DEG|USERMINimum→ -1800.000°
MAXimum→ 1800.000°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:ADJust 90DEG
Sets the phase of CH1 to 90°

2.3.30 Phase unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:UNIT■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:UNIT□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:UNIT?
Description
Selects/queries the phase unit
Setting parameters
DEG|USER
DEG → °
USER → User-defined unit
Query parameters
None
Response format
DEG|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:UNIT DEG
Sets the unit of phase of CH1 to °Remarks† This command is system unit setting command, it is not reflected on this device screen.
† For system unit, see the Chapter 2.6.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)542.3.31 Phase user-defined unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:USER■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:USER□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:USER?
Description
Sets/queries the user-defined unit of phase
Setting parameters[<name>],[<form>],[<m>],[<n>]<name> ::= <STR><STR>→ User-defined unit name (up to 4 characters)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<form> ::= LINear|LOGarithmic
LINear→ Linear
LOGarithmic → Logarithmic† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<m> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ m (scale)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<n> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ n (offset)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)
Query parameters
None
Response format<name>,<form>,<m>,<n><name> ::= <STR><form> ::= LIN|LOG<m> ::= <NR3><n>::= <NR2>† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:USER "rad",LINear,57.32,0
Sets the user-defined unit of phase of CH1 to "rad"2.3.32 Output voltage range high level setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH?
Description
Sets/queries the high level
Setting parameters<high>|MINimum|MAXimum<high> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → High level† The setting range varies depending on the state.
<eunits> ::= M
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

55

<units>
MINimum→
MAXimum→
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→::= V|USER
Sets the minimum value
Sets the maximum value

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:HIGH 5V
Sets the high level of CH1 to 5 V

2.3.33 Output voltage range high level unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH:UNIT■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH:UNIT□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH:UNIT?
Description
Selects/queries the high level unit
Setting parameters
V|USERV→ V
USER → User-defined unit
Query parameters
None
Response format
V|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:HIGH:UNIT V
Sets the unit of high level of CH1 to V
Remarks† The user-defined unit is the same as that of DC offset.
† This command is system unit setting command, it is not reflected on this device screen.
† For system unit, see the Chapter 2.6.

2.3.34 Output voltage range low level setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW?
Description
Sets/queries the low level
Setting parameters<low>|MINimum|MAXimum<low> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Low level† The setting range varies depending on the state.
<eunits> ::= M<units>::= V|USER
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

56

→
→

Sets the minimum value
Sets the maximum value

Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Sets the minimum value
Sets the maximum value

MINimum
MAXimum

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:LOW 0V
Sets the low level of CH1 to 0 V

2.3.35 Output voltage range low level unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW:UNIT■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW:UNIT□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW:UNIT?
Description
Selects/queries the low level unit
Setting parameters
V|USERV→
USER →

V
User-defined unit

Query parameters
None
Response format
V|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:LOW:UNIT V
Sets the unit of low level of CH1 to V
Remarks† The user-defined unit is the same as that of DC offset.
† This command is system unit setting command, it is not reflected on this device screen.
† For system unit, see the Chapter 2.6.

2.3.36 Square/pulse wave shared
duty unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:UNIT■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:UNIT□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:UNIT?
Description
Selects/queries the phase unit
Setting parameters
PCT|USER
PCT→ %USER → User-defined unit
Query parameters
None
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

57

Response format
PCT|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:DCYCle:UNIT PCT
Sets the duty of CH1 to %Remarks† This command is system unit setting command, it is not reflected on this device screen.
† For system unit, see the Chapter 2.6.

2.3.37 Square/pulse wave shared
duty user-defined unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:USER■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:USER□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:USER?
Description
Sets/queries the user-defined unit of duty
Setting parameters[<name>],[<form>],[<m>],[<n>]<name> ::= <STR><STR>→ User-defined unit name (up to 4 characters)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<form> ::= LINear|LOGarithmic
LINear→ Linear
LOGarithmic → Logarithmic† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<m> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ m (scale)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<n> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ n (offset)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)
Query parameters
None
Response format<name>,<form>,<m>,<n><name> ::= <STR><form> ::= LIN|LOG<m> ::= <NR3><n>::= <NR2>† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:USER "INTN",LINear,100,0
Sets the user-defined unit of duty of CH1 to "INTN"

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

58

2.3.38 Square wave
duty value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle?
Description
Sets/queries the duty of oscillator (square wave)† The setting range of duty varies depending on the oscillator frequency.
Setting parameters<duty>|MINimum|MAXimum<duty> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Duty (square wave):(Standard range) 0.0100% to 99.9900%,(Extended range) 0.0000% to 100.0000%,Resolution: 0.0001%<units>::= PCT|USERMINimum→ (Standard range) 0.0100%,(Extended range) 0.0000%
MAXimum→ (Standard range) 99.9900%,(Extended range) 100.0000%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:SQUare:DCYCle 20PCT
Sets the duty of CH1 (square wave) to 20%
Remarks† To enable the duty extended range of square wave, set the square wave extension to on at"[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SQUare:EXTend" in "2.3.50 Square wave extension on/off
selection."† Sequence duty setting/query is not possible with this command.

2.3.39 Pulse wave
duty value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle?
Description
Sets/queries the duty (pulse wave)† The setting range of duty varies depending on the oscillator frequency.
Setting parameters<duty>|MINimum|MAXimum<duty> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Duty (pulse wave): 0.0170% to 99.9830%,
Resolution: 0.0001<units>::= PCT|USER
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)59

MINimum
MAXimum→→

Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

0.0170%99.9830%

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:PULSe:DCYCle 20PCT
Sets the duty of CH1 (pulse wave) to 20%

2.3.40 Pulse wave
pulse width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:WIDTh■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:WIDTh□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:WIDTh?
Description
Sets/queries the pulse width
Setting parameters<width>|MINimum|MAXimum<width> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Pulse width: 25.50 ns to 99.9830 Ms,
Resolution: 0.001% or less of period or 0.01 ns<eunits> ::= MA|K|M|U|N<units>::= S
MINimum→ Sets the minimum value
MAXimum→ Sets the maximum value
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:WIDTh 1ms
Sets the pulse width of CH1 to 1 ms

2.3.41 Pulse wave
rising time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:TRANsition[:LEADing]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:TRANsition[:LEADing]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:TRANsition[:LEADing]?
Description
Sets/queries the pulse wave rising time
Setting parameters<seconds>|MINimum|MAXimum<seconds> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

60

<REAL><eunits><units>MINimum→
MAXimum→
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→→ Rising time: 15.0 ns to 58.8 Ms,
Resolution: 3 digits or 0.1 ns::= MA|K|M|U|N::= S
15.0 ns
58.8 Ms

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:TRANsition:LEADing 1ms
Sets the rising time of pulse wave of CH1 to 1 ms

2.3.42 Pulse
falling time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:TRANsition:TRAiling■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:TRANsition:TRAiling□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:TRANsition:TRAiling?
Description
Sets/queries the pulse wave falling time
Setting parameters<seconds>|MINimum|MAXimum<seconds> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Falling time: 15.0 ns to 58.8 Ms,
Resolution: 3 digits or 0.1 ns<eunits> ::= MA|K|M|U|N<units>::= S
MINimum→ 15.0 ns
MAXimum→ 58.8 Ms
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:TRANsition:TRAiling 1ms
Sets the falling time of pulse wave of CH1 to 1 ms

2.3.43 Pulse wave
period setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod?
Description
Sets/queries the period
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

61

Setting parameters<period>|MINimum|MAXimum<period> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Period: 33.33 ns to 100 Ms† The setting range varies depending on the waveform or oscillation mode.
<eunits> ::= MA|K|M|U|N<units>::= S|USERMINimum→ Sets the minimum value
MAXimum→ Sets the maximum value
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:PERiod 1US
Sets the period of CH1 to 1 μs

2.3.44 Pulse wave
period unit selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod:UNIT■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod:UNIT□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod:UNIT?
Description
Selects/queries the period unit
Setting parameters
S|USERS→
USER →s
User-defined unit

Query parameters
None
Response format
S|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:PERiod:UNIT S
Sets the period unit of CH1 to s
Remarks† This command is system unit setting command, it is not reflected on this device screen.
† For system unit, see the Chapter 2.6.

2.3.45 Pulse wave
period user-defined unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod:USER■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod:USER□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod:USER?
Description
Sets/queries the user-defined unit of period
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)62

Setting parameters[<name>],[<form>],[<m>],[<n>]<name> ::= <STR><STR>→ User-defined unit name (up to 4 characters)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<form> ::= LINear|LOGarithmic
LINear→ Linear
LOGarithmic → Logarithmic† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<m> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ m (scale)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)<n> ::= <REAL>|MINimum|MAXimum<REAL>→ n (offset)
MINimum → Sets the minimum value
MAXimum → Sets the maximum value† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)
Query parameters
None
Response format<name>,<form>,<m>,<n><name> ::= <STR><form> ::= LIN|LOG<m> ::= <NR3><n>::= <NR2>† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:PERiod:USER "ms",LINear,0.001,0
Sets the user-defined unit of period of CH1 to "ms"2.3.46 Ramp wave
symmetry setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry?
Description
Sets/queries the symmetry of ramp wave
Setting parameters<symmetry>|MINimum|MAXimum<symmetry> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Symmetry: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value
63

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:RAMP:SYMMetry 20PCT
Sets the symmetry of ramp wave of CH1 to 20%

2.3.47 Waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]?
Description
Sets/queries the waveform
Setting parameters
DC|NOISe|SINusoid|SQUare|PULSe|RAMP|USINe|CSINe|CFCSine|ACSine|SSINe|MCSine|ONPSine|OFPSine|CONSine|COFSine|GAUSsian|LORentz|HAVersine|HSPulse|TPULse|SINC|ERISe|EFALl|SOLStep|DOSCillation|OSURge|PSURge|TOFFset|HSEPulse|BRRamp
|USER
DC
→ DC
NOISe
→ NoiseSINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
PULSe
→ Pulse wave
RAMP
→ Ramp wave
USINe
→ Unbalanced sine wave
CSINe
→ Clipped sine wave
CFCSine→ CF controlled sine wave
ACSine→ Conduction angle controlled sine wave
SSINe
→ Staircase sine wave
MCSine→ Multi-cycle sine wave
ONPSine→ On-phase controlled sine wave
OFPSine→ Off-phase controlled sine wave
CONSine→ Chattering-on sine wave
COFSine→ Chattering-off sine wave
GAUSsian→ Gaussian pulse
LORentz→ Lorentz pulse
HAVersine→ Haversine
HSPulse→ Half-sine pulse
TPULse→ Trapezoid pulse
SINC→ Sin(x)/x
ERISe→ Exponential rise
EFALl
→ Exponential fall
SOLStep→ Second order LPF step response
DOSCillation → Damped oscillation
OSURge→ Oscillation surge
PSURge→ Pulse surge
TOFFset→ Trapezoid with offset
HSEPulse→ Half-sine edge pulse
BRRamp→ Bottom referenced ramp wave
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

64

USER

→

Arbitrary waveform

Query parameters
None
Response format
DC|NOIS|SIN|SQU|PULS|RAMP|USIN|CSIN|CFCS|ACS|SSIN|MCS|ONPS|OFPS|CONS|COFS|GAUS|LOR|HAV|HSP|TPUL|SINC|ERIS|EFAL|SOLS|DOSC|OSUR|PSUR|TOFF|HSEP|BRR|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:SHAPe RAMP
Sets the waveform of CH1 to ramp wave

2.3.48 Waveform polarity selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:POLarity■:OUTPut[1|2]:POLarity□:OUTPut[1|2]:POLarity?
Description
Selects/queries the polarity of waveform
Setting parameters<shape>,<polarity><shape> ::= SINusoid|SQUare|PULSe|RAMP|USINe|CSINe|CFCSine|ACSine|SSINe|MCSine|ONPSine|OFPSine|CONSine|COFSine|GAUSsian|LORentz|HAVersine|HSPulse|TPULse|SINC|ERISe|EFALl|SOLStep|DOSCillation|OSURge|PSURge|TOFFset|HSEPulse|BRRamp|USER
SINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
PULSe
→ Pulse wave
RAMP
→ Ramp wave
USINe
→ Unbalanced sine wave
CSINe
→ Clipped sine wave
CFCSine→ CF controlled sine wave
ACSine→ Conduction angle controlled sine wave
SSINe
→ Staircase sine wave
MCSine→ Multi-cycle sine wave
ONPSine→ On-phase controlled sine wave
OFPSine→ Off-phase controlled sine wave
CONSine→ Chattering-on sine wave
COFSine→ Chattering-off sine wave
GAUSsian→ Gaussian pulse
LORentz→ Lorentz pulse
HAVersine→ Haversine
HSPulse→ Half-sine pulse
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)65

TPULse→ Trapezoid pulse
SINC→ Sin(x)/x
ERISe→ Exponential rise
EFALl
→ Exponential fall
SOLStep→ Second order LPF step response
DOSCillation → Damped oscillation
OSURge→ Oscillation surge
PSURge→ Pulse surge
TOFFset→ Trapezoid with offset
HSEPulse→ Half-sine edge pulse
BRRamp→ Bottom referenced ramp wave
USER
→ Arbitrary waveform<polarity> ::= NORMal|INVerted
NORMal→ Normal
INVerted→ Invert
Query parameters<shape> ::=SINusoid|SQUare|PULSe|RAMP|USINe|CSINe|CFCSine|ACSine|SSINe|MCSine|ONPSine|OFPSine|CONSine|COFSine|GAUSsian|LORentz|HAVersine|HSPulse|TPULse|SINC|ERISe|EFALl|SOLStep|DOSCillation|OSURge|PSURge|TOFFset|HSEPulse|BRRamp|USER† For the meaning of each parameter, see the setting parameters.

Response format
NORM|INV† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:OUTPut1:POLarity SINusoid,NORMal
Sets the polarity of sine wave of CH1 to normal

2.3.49 Amplitude range selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SCALe■:OUTPut[1|2]:SCALe□:OUTPut[1|2]:SCALe?
Description
Selects/queries the amplitude range of waveform
Setting parameters<shape>,<scale><shape>::= SINusoid|SQUare|PULSe|RAMP|USINe|CSINe|CFCSine|ACSine|SSINe|MCSine|ONPSine|OFPSine|CONSine|COFSine|GAUSsian|LORentz|HAVersine|HSPulse|TPULse|SINC|ERISe|EFALl|SOLStep|DOSCillation|OSURge|PSURge|TOFFset|HSEPulse|BRRamp|USER
SINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
PULSe
→ Pulse wave

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

66

RAMP
→ Ramp wave
USINe
→ Unbalanced sine wave
CSINe
→ Clipped sine wave
CFCSine→ CF controlled sine wave
ACSine→ Conduction angle controlled sine wave
SSINe
→ Staircase sine wave
MCSine→ Multi-cycle sine wave
ONPSine→ On-phase controlled sine wave
OFPSine→ Off-phase controlled sine wave
CONSine→ Chattering-on sine wave
COFSine→ Chattering-off sine wave
GAUSsian→ Gaussian pulse
LORentz→ Lorentz pulse
HAVersine→ Haversine
HSPulse→ Half-sine pulse
TPULse→ Trapezoid pulse
SINC→ Sin(x)/x
ERISe→ Exponential rise
EFALl
→ Exponential fall
SOLStep→ Second order LPF step response
DOSCillation → Damped oscillation
OSURge→ Oscillation surge
PSURge→ Pulse surge
TOFFset→ Trapezoid with offset
HSEPulse→ Half-sine edge pulse
BRRamp→ Bottom referenced ramp wave
USER
→ Arbitrary waveform<scale>::= MFS|FS|PFS
MFS→ -FS/0FS→ ± FS
PFS→ 0/+FS
Query parameters<shape> ::=SINusoid|SQUare|PULSe|RAMP|USINe|CSINe|CFCSine|ACSine|SSINe|MCSine|ONPSine|OFPSine|CONSine|COFSine|GAUSsian|LORentz|HAVersine|HSPulse|TPULse|SINC|ERISe|EFALl|SOLStep|DOSCillation|OSURge|PSURge|TOFFset|HSEPulse|BRRamp|USER† For the meaning of each parameter, see the setting parameters.

Response format
MFS|FS|PFS† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:OUTPut1:SCALe SINusoid,FS
Sets the amplitude range of sine wave of CH1 to ± FS

2.3.50 Square wave
extension on/off selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SQUare:EXTend■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SQUare:EXTend
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)67

□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SQUare:EXTend?
Description
Selects/queries on/off of the square wave extension
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→

0/OFF: Square wave extension off
1/ON: Square wave extension on

Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL>→

0: Square wave extension off
1: Square wave extension on

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:SQUare:EXTend ON
Sets the square wave extension of CH1 to on

2.3.51 Unbalanced sine wave
former amplitude setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude[1]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude[1]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude[1]?
Description
Sets/queries former amplitude of unbalanced sine wave
Setting parameters<amplitude>|MINimum|MAXimum<amplitude> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Former amplitude: -100.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ -100.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude1 20PCT
Sets former amplitude of unbalanced sine wave of CH1 to 20%.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)682.3.52 Unbalanced sine wave
latter amplitude setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude2■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude2□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude2?
Description
Sets/queries latter amplitude of unbalanced sine wave
Setting parameters<amplitude>|MINimum|MAXimum<amplitude> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Latter amplitude: -100.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ -100.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:USINe:AMPLitude2 20PCT
Sets latter amplitude of unbalanced sine wave of CH1 to 20%.

2.3.53 Clipped sine wave
clip rate setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CSINe:CLIP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CSINe:CLIP□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CSINe:CLIP?
Description
Sets/queries clip rate of clipped sine wave.
Setting parameters<clip>|MINimum|MAXimum<clip> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Clip rate: 0.00% to 99.99%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 99.99%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:CSINe:CLIP 20PCTWF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)69

Sets clip rate of clipped sine wave of CH1 to 20%

2.3.54 CF controlled sine wave
crest factor setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CFCSine:CFACtor■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CFCSine:CFACtor□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CFCSine:CFACtor?
Description
Sets/queries crest factor of CF controlled sine wave
Setting parameters<cf>|MINimum|MAXimum<cf> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Crest factor: 1.41 to 10.00,
Resolution: 0.01
MINimum→ 1.41MAXimum→ 10.00
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:CFCSine:CFACtor 5.00
Sets crest factor of CF controlled sine wave of CH1 to 5.00

2.3.55 Conduction angle controlled sine wave
conduction angle setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ACSine:ANGLe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ACSine:ANGLe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ACSine:ANGLe?
Description
Sets/queries conduction angle setting for conduction angle controlled sine wave
Setting parameters<angle>|MINimum|MAXimum<angle> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Conduction angle: -180.00° to 180.00°,
Resolution: 0.01°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ -180.00°
MAXimum→ 180.00°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:ACSine:ANGLe 30DEG
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)70

Sets conduction angle of conduction angle controlled sine wave of CH1 to 30°

2.3.56 Staircase sine wave
number of steps setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SSINe:STEPs■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SSINe:STEPs□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SSINe:STEPs?
Description
Sets/queries number of steps of staircase sine wave
Setting parameters<steps>|MINimum|MAXimum<steps> ::= <INT><INT>→ Number of steps: 2 to 100
MINimum→ 2
MAXimum→ 100
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:SSINe:STEPs 10
Sets number of steps of staircase sine wave of CH1 to 10

2.3.57 Multi-cycle sine wave
number of cycles setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:MCSine:CYCLes■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:MCSine:CYCLes□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:MCSine:CYCLes?
Description
Sets/queries number of cycles of multi-cycle sine wave
Setting parameters<cycles>|MINimum|MAXimum<cycles> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Number of cycles: 0.01 to 50.00,
Resolution: 0.01
MINimum→ 0.01MAXimum→ 50.00
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:MCSine:CYCLes 0.2
Sets the number of cycles of multi-cycle sine wave of CH1 to 0.2

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)71

2.3.58 Multi-cycle sine wave
start phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:MCSine:PHASe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:MCSine:PHASe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:MCSine:PHASe?
Description
Sets/queries start phase of multi-cycle sine wave
Setting parameters<clip>|MINimum|MAXimum<clip> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Start phase: -360.00° to 360.00°,
Resolution: 0.01°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ -360.00°
MAXimum→ 360.00°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:MCSine:PHASe 30DEG
Sets start phase of multi-cycle sine wave of CH1 to 30°

2.3.59 On-phase controlled sine wave
complete-on phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ONPSine:ONPHase■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ONPSine:ONPHase□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ONPSine:ONPHase?
Description
Sets/queries complete-on phase of on-phase controlled sine wave.
Setting parameters<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Complete-on phase: 0.00° to 360.00°,
Resolution: 0.01°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ 0.00°
MAXimum→ 360.00°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:ONPSine:ONPHase 30DEG
Sets complete-on phase of on-phase controlled sine wave of CH1 to 30°
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)72

2.3.60 On-phase controlled sine wave
on-slope time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ONPSine:STIMe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ONPSine:STIMe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ONPSine:STIMe?
Description
Sets/queries on-slope time of on-phase controlled sine wave
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → On-slope time: 0.00% to 50.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 50.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:ONPSine:STIMe 20PCT
Sets on-slope time of on-phase controlled sine wave of CH1 to 20%

2.3.61 Off-phase controlled sine wave
off-phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OFPSine:OFPHase■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OFPSine:OFPHase□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OFPSine:OFPHase?
Description
Sets/queries off-phase of off-phase controlled sine wave
Setting parameters<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Off-phase: 0.00° to 360.00°,
Resolution: 0.01°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ 0.00°
MAXimum→ 360.00°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:OFPSine:OFPHase 30DEG
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)73

Sets off-phase of off-phase controlled sine wave of CH1 to 30°

2.3.62 Off-phase controlled sine wave
off-slope setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OFPSine:STIMe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OFPSine:STIMe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OFPSine:STIMe?
Description
Sets/queries off-slope time of off-phase controlled sine wave
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Off-slope: 0.00% to 50.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 50.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:OFPSine:STIMe 20PCT
Sets off-slope time of off-phase controlled sine wave of CH1 to 20%

2.3.63 Chattering-on sine wave
on-phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:ONPHase■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:ONPHase□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:ONPHase?
Description
Sets/queries on-phase of chattering-on sine wave
Setting parameters<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → On-phase: 0.00° to 360.00°,
Resolution: 0.01°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ 0.00°
MAXimum→ 360.00°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)74

:SOURce1:FUNCtion:CONSine:ONPHase 30DEG
Sets on-phase of chattering-on sine wave of CH1 to 30°

2.3.64 Chattering-on sine wave
number of chatterings setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:NCHattering■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:NCHattering□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:NCHattering?
Description
Sets/queries number of chatterings of chattering-on sine wave
Setting parameters<chattering>|MINimum|MAXimum<chattering> ::= <INT><INT>→ Number of chatterings: 0 to 3,
MINimum→ 0
MAXimum→ 3
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:CONSine:NCHattering 2
Sets number of chatterings of chattering-on sine wave of CH1 to 2

2.3.65 Chattering-on sine wave
on-time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:TON■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:TON□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:TON?
Description
Sets/queries on-time of chattering-on sine wave
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → On-time: 0.00% to 20.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 20.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:CONSine:TON 20PCTWF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)75

Sets on-time of chattering-on sine wave of CH1 to 20%

2.3.66 Chattering-on sine wave
off time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:TOFF■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:TOFF□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:CONSine:TOFF?
Description
Sets/queries off time of chattering-on sine wave
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Off time: 0.00% to 20.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 20.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:CSINe:CLIP 20PCT
Sets off time of chattering-on sine wave of CH1 to 20%

2.3.67 Chattering-off sine wave
off-phase setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:OFPHase■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:OFPHase□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:OFPHase?
Description
Sets/queries off-phase of chattering-off sine wave
Setting parameters<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Off-phase: 0.00° to 360.00°,
Resolution: 0.01°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ 0.00°
MAXimum→ 360.00°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)76

:SOURce1:FUNCtion:COFSine:OFPHase 30DEG
Sets off-phase of chattering-off sine wave of CH1 to 30°

2.3.68 Chattering-off sine wave
number of chatterings setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:NCHattering■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:NCHattering□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:NCHattering?
Description
Sets/queries number of chatterings of chattering-off sine wave
Setting parameters<chattering>|MINimum|MAXimum<chattering> ::= <INT><INT>→ Number of chatterings: 0 to 3
MINimum→ 0
MAXimum→ 3
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:COFSine:NCHattering 2
Sets number of chatterings of chattering-off sine wave of CH1 to 2

2.3.69 Chattering-off sine wave
on-time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:TON■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:TON□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:TON?
Description
Sets/queries on-time of chattering-off sine wave
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → On-time: 0.00% to 20.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 20.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:COFSine:TON 20PCTWF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)77

Sets on-time of chattering-off sine wave of CH1 to 20%

2.3.70 Chattering-off sine wave
off time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:TOFF■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:TOFF□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:COFSine:TOFF?
Description
Sets/queries off time of chattering-off sine wave
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Off time: 0.00% to 20.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 20.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:COFSine:TOFF 20PCT
Sets off time of chattering-off sine wave of CH1 to 20%

2.3.71 Gaussian pulse
standard deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:GAUSsian:SIGMa■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:GAUSsian:SIGMa□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:GAUSsian:SIGMa?
Description
Sets/queries standard deviation of Gaussian pulse
Setting parameters<sigma>|MINimum|MAXimum<sigma> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Standard deviation: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)78

:SOURce1:FUNCtion:GAUSsian:SIGMa 20PCT
Sets standard deviation of Gaussian pulse of CH1 to 20%

2.3.72 Lorentz pulse
half value of width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:LORentz:HWIDth■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:LORentz:HWIDth□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:LORentz:HWIDth?
Description
Sets/queries half value of width of Lorentz pulse
Setting parameters<width>|MINimum|MAXimum<width> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Half value of width: 0.01% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.01%MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:LORentz:HWIDth 20PCT
Sets half value of width of Lorentz pulse of CH1 to 20%

2.3.73 Haversine
width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HAVersine:WIDTh■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HAVersine:WIDTh□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HAVersine:WIDTh?
Description
Sets/queries haversine width
Setting parameters<width>|MINimum|MAXimum<width> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Width: 0.01% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.01%MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

79

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:HAVersine:WIDTh 20PCT
Sets haversine width of CH1 to 20%

2.3.74 Half-sine pulse
width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSPulse:WIDTh■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSPulse:WIDTh□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSPulse:WIDTh?
Description
Sets/queries half-sine pulse width
Setting parameters<width>|MINimum|MAXimum<width> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Width: 0.01% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.01%MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:HSPulse:WIDTh 20PCT
Sets half-sine pulse width of CH1 to 20%

2.3.75 Trapezoid pulse
slope width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TPULse:RFALl■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TPULse:RFALl□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TPULse:RFALl?
Description
Sets/queries slope width of trapezoid pulse
Setting parameters<width>|MINimum|MAXimum<width> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Slope width: 0.00% to 50.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 50.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)80

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:TPULse:RFALl 20PCT
Sets slope width of trapezoid pulse of CH1 to 20%

2.3.76 Trapezoid pulse
upper base width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TPULse:UBASe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TPULse:UBASe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TPULse:UBASe?
Description
Sets/queries upper base width of trapezoid pulse
Setting parameters<width>|MINimum|MAXimum<width> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Upper base width: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:TPULse:UBASe 20PCT
Sets upper base width of trapezoid pulse of CH1 to 20%

2.3.77 Sin(x)/xnumber of zero crossing setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SINC:ZCRossing■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SINC:ZCRossing□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SINC:ZCRossing?
Description
Sets/queries number of zero crossing of Sin(x)/x
Setting parameters<number>|MINimum|MAXimum<number> ::= <INT><REAL> → Number of zero crossing: 1 to 50
MINimum→ 1
MAXimum→ 50
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR1>
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)81

:SOURce1:FUNCtion:SINC:ZCRossing 10
Sets number of zero crossings of Sin(x)/x of CH1 to 10

2.3.78 Exponential risetime constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ERISe:TCONstant■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ERISe:TCONstant□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:ERISe:TCONstant?
Description
Sets/queries time constant of exponential rise
Setting parameters<tc>|MINimum|MAXimum<tc> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Time constant: 0.01% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.01%MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:ERISe:TCONstant 20PCT
Sets time constant of exponential rise of CH1 to 20%

2.3.79 Exponential falltime constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:EFALl:TCONstant■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:EFALl:TCONstant□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:EFALl:TCONstant?
Description
Sets/queries time constant of exponential fall
Setting parameters<tc>|MINimum|MAXimum<tc> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Time constant: 0.01% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.01%MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)82

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:EFALl:TCONstant 20PCT
Sets time constant of exponential fall of CH1 to 20%

2.3.80 Second order LPF step response
natural frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SOLStep:NFRequency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SOLStep:NFRequency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SOLStep:NFRequency?
Description
Sets/queries natural frequency of LPF of second order LPF step response
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Natural frequency: 1.00 to 50.00,
Resolution: 0.01
MINimum→ 1.00
MAXimum→ 50.00
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:SOLStep:NFRequency 10
Sets natural frequency of second order LPF step response of CH1 to 10

2.3.81 Second order LPF step response
Q setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SOLStep:Q■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SOLStep:Q□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:SOLStep:Q?
Description
Sets/queries Q of LPF of second order step response
Setting parameters<q>|MINimum|MAXimum<q> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Q of LPF: 0.50 to 50.00,
Resolution: 0.01
MINimum→ 0.50
MAXimum→ 50.00
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)83

:SOURce1:FUNCtion:SOLStep:Q 10
Sets Q of second order LPF step response of CH1 to 10

2.3.82 Damped oscillation
oscillation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:DOSCillation:OFRequency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:DOSCillation:OFRequency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:DOSCillation:OFRequency?
Description
Sets/queries oscillation frequency of damped oscillation
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Oscillation frequency: 0.01 to 50.00,
Resolution: 0.01
MINimum→ 0.01MAXimum→ 50.00
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:DOSCillation:OFRequency 10
Sets oscillation frequency of damped oscillation of CH1 to 10

2.3.83 Damped oscillation
damping time constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:DOSCillation:DTConstant■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:DOSCillation:DTConstant□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:DOSCillation:DTConstant?
Description
Sets/queries damping time constant of damped oscillation
Setting parameters<tc>|MINimum|MAXimum<tc> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Damping time constant: -100.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ -100.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)84

:SOURce1:FUNCtion: DOSCillation:DTConstant 20PCT
Sets damping time constant of damped oscillation of CH1 to 20%

2.3.84 Oscillation surge
oscillation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:OFRequency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:OFRequency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:OFRequency?
Description
Sets/queries oscillation frequency of oscillation surge
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Oscillation frequency: 0.01 to 50.00,
Resolution: 0.01
MINimum→ 0.01MAXimum→ 50.00
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:OSURge:OFRequency 10
Sets oscillation frequency of oscillation surge of CH1 to 10

2.3.85 Oscillation surge
damping time constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:DTConstant■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:DTConstant□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:DTConstant?
Description
Sets/queries damping time constant of oscillation surge
Setting parameters<tc>|MINimum|MAXimum<tc> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Damping time constant: 0.01% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.01%MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)85

:SOURce1:FUNCtion:OSURge:DTConstant 20PCT
Sets damping time constant of oscillation surge of CH1 to 20%

2.3.86 Oscillation surge
trailing time constant setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:TTConstant■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:TTConstant□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:OSURge:TTConstant?
Description
Sets/queries trailing time constant of oscillation surge
Setting parameters<tc>|MINimum|MAXimum<tc> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Trailing time constant: 0.01% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.01%MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:OSURge:TTConstant 20PCT
Sets trailing time constant of oscillation surge of CH1 to 20%

2.3.87 Pulse surge
rising time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:PSURge:TR■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:PSURge:TR□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:PSURge:TR?
Description
Sets/queries rising time of pulse surge
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Rising time: 0.01% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.01%MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)86

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:PSURge:TR 20PCT
Sets rising time of pulse surge of CH1 to 20%

2.3.88 Pulse surge
duration time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:PSURge:TD■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:PSURge:TD□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:PSURge:TD?
Description
Sets/queries duration time of pulse surge
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Duration time: 0.01% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.01%MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:PSURge:TD 20PCT
Sets duration time of pulse surge of CH1 to 20%

2.3.89 Trapezoid with offset
leading delay setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:DELay■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:DELay□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:DELay?
Description
Sets/queries leading delay of trapezoid with offset
Setting parameters<delay>|MINimum|MAXimum<delay> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Leading delay: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)87

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:TOFFset:DELay 20PCT
Sets leading delay of trapezoid with offset of CH1 to 20%

2.3.90 Trapezoid with offset
rising-slope width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:RISe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:RISe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:RISe?
Description
Sets/queries rising-slope width of trapezoid with offset
Setting parameters<width>|MINimum|MAXimum<width> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Rising-slope width: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:TOFFset:RISe 20PCT
Sets rising-slope width of trapezoid with offset of CH1 to 20%

2.3.91 Trapezoid with offset
upper base width setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:UBASe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:UBASe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:UBASe?
Description
Sets/queries upper base width of trapezoid with offset
Setting parameters<width>|MINimum|MAXimum<width> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Upper base width: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)88

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:TOFFset:UBASe 20PCT
Sets upper base width of trapezoid with offset of CH1 to 20%

2.3.92 Trapezoid with offset
falling-slope setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:FALL■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:FALL□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:FALL?
Description
Sets/queries falling-slope width of trapezoid with offset
Setting parameters<width>|MINimum|MAXimum<width> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Falling-slope width: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:TOFFset:FALL 20PCT
Sets falling-slope width of trapezoid with offset of CH1 to 20%

2.3.93 Trapezoid with offset
offset setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:OFFSet■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:OFFSet□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:TOFFset:OFFSet?
Description
Sets/queries offset of trapezoid with offset
Setting parameters<offset>|MINimum|MAXimum<offset> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Offset: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)89

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:TOFFset:OFFSet 20PCT
Sets offset of trapezoid with offset of CH1 to 20%

2.3.94 Half-sine edge pulse
leading-edge time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:LE■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:LE□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:LE?
Description
Sets/queries leading-edge time of half-sine edge pulse
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Leading-edge time: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:LE 20PCT
Sets leading-edge time of half-sine edge pulse of CH1 to 20%

2.3.95 Half-sine edge pulse
trailing-edge time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:TE■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:TE□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:TE?
Description
Sets/queries trailing-edge time of half-sine edge pulse
Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Trailing-edge time: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)90

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:TE 20PCT
Sets trailing-edge time of half-sine edge pulse of CH1 to 20%

2.3.96 Half-sine edge pulse
duty setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:DCYCle■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:DCYCle□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:DCYCle?
Description
Sets/queries duty of half-sine edge pulse
Setting parameters<duty>|MINimum|MAXimum<duty> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Duty: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→
100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:HSEPulse:DCYCle 20PCT
Sets duty of half-sine edge pulse of CH1 to 20%

2.3.97 Bottom referenced ramp wave
symmetry setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:BRRAMp:SYMMetry■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:BRRAMp:SYMMetry□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion: BRRAMp:SYMMetry?
Description
Sets/queries bottom referenced ramp wave symmetry
Setting parameters<symmetry>|MINimum|MAXimum<symmetry> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Symmetry: 0.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)91

Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:BRRAMp:SYMMetry 20PCT
Sets symmetry of bottom referenced ramp wave of CH1 to 20%

2.3.98 Arbitrary waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USER■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USER□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USER?
Description
Sets/queries the arbitrary waveform
Setting parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 0 to 128
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:FUNCtion:USER 3
Sets the arbitrary waveform of CH1 to the data of the memory number 3
Remarks† Memory number 0 is the edit memory

2.3.99 Arbitrary waveform memory
arbitrary waveform data transfer/read-out{:TRACe|:DATA}[:DATA]■{:TRACe|:DATA}[:DATA]□{:TRACe|:DATA}[:DATA]?
Description
Transfers/reads out the arbitrary wave data
Setting parameters<memory>,[<name>],<data><memory>::= <INT><INT>→ Memory number: 0 to 128<name>::= <STR><STR>→ Arbitrary wave name (20 characters or less)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)† If the arbitrary wave name is less than 20 characters, the remaining
characters are filled with spaces (with the ASCII code 32).
<data>::= <BLK><BLK> → Arbitrary wave data
(Data formats)Array format#<digit><byte><format><number><data[0]>…<data[n-1]>#→ Start of the binary data
<digit>→ The number of digits of subsequent <byte><byte>→ The number of bytes of subsequent data
<format> → Data format (4 bytes)† Specify 0 for the array format<number> → The number of data points (4 bytes)
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)92

<data[i]>→i-th value (2 bytes)

Control point format#<digit><byte><format><number><x[0]><y[0]>…<x[n-1]><y[n-1]>#→ Start of the binary data
<digit>→ The number of digits of subsequent <byte><byte>→ The number of bytes of subsequent data
<format> → Data format (4 bytes)† Specify 1 for the control point format<number> → The number of data points (4 bytes)<x[i]>→ x value of i-th control point (4 bytes)<y[i]>→ y value of i-th control point (2 bytes)† Save the arbitrary data of <data> as the arbitrary wave name of <name> to the memory
number of <memory>.
Query parameters<memory><memory>::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 0 to 128
Response format<name>,<data><name>::= <STR><STR> → Arbitrary wave name (20 characters)<data>::= <BLK>† For <BLK>, see the setting parameters.

Remarks <format>, <number>, <data[i]> , <x[i]>, <y[i]> are binary data. (Big endian)is the two's complement form and from -32767 (H'8001) to 32767 (H'7FFF).
If a value is -32768 (H'8000), set it as -32767 (H'8001).
 The control point <x[i]> is treated as a numeric value of X axis from 0 up to 31th power of
two. The numeric range is expressed as a range from H'00000000 to H'7FFFFFFF in
hexadecimal. If data exceeds the setting range, it is treated as an error and no command is
executed.
 The control point <x[i]> must be sorted in ascending order from the beginning of data.
If it is not sorted, an error occurs.
 The control point <y[i]> is treated as a numeric value of Y axis from -32767 to 32767.
The numeric range is expressed as a range from H'8001 to H'7FFF in hexadecimal.
The value 0 is expressed as H'0000.
-32768 (H'8000) is set as -32767 (H’8001).
If the amplitude width of actual signal output is ±1.0 Vp-p, 1 LSB 1/32767 V is used.
† All of the logical signal output values are not guaranteed.
 Arbitrary wave memory number 0 is the edit memory.
 The arbitrary wave name of the memory number 0 is “<Edit Memory>”(20
characters).
 Array format data cannot be set for the arbitrary wave memory number 0.
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)93 Arbitrary wave name cannot be set for the arbitrary wave memory number 0. If it isspecified, it is ignored.

2.3.100 Arbitrary waveform memory
store{:TRACe|:DATA}:STORe■ {:TRACe|:DATA}:STORe
Description
Saves the contents of edit memory (memory number 0) as an arbitrary wave file to thememorySetting parameters<memory>,<name><memory::= <INT><INT>→ Memory number of location to save: 1 to 128<name>::= <STR><STR>→ Arbitrary wave name (20 characters or less)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)† If the arbitrary wave name is less than 20 characters, the remaining
characters are filled with spaces (with the ASCII code 32).
Setting example:TRACe:STORe 2,"name"
Saves the contents of edit memory as the arbitrary wave name "name" to the memory number
2

2.3.101 Arbitrary waveform memory
recall{:TRACe|:DATA}:RECall■ {:TRACe|:DATA}:RECall
Description
Reads the arbitrary wave file of the specified memory number into the edit memory (memory
number 0)
Setting parameters<memory><memory> ::= <INT><INT>→ Memory number of calling source: 1 to 128
Setting example:TRACe:STORe:RECall 2
Reads the contents of memory number 2 into the edit memory.

2.3.102 Arbitrary waveform memory
copy{:TRACe|:DATA}:COPY■{:TRACe|:DATA}:COPY
Description
Copies the arbitrary wave data
Setting parameters<memory>,[<name>],<chan>,<wave><memory> ::= <INT><INT>→ Memory number: 0 to 128<name>::= <STR>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

94

<STR>→ Arbitrary wave name (20 characters)† Optional (If omitted, the destination name is assumed.)† If the arbitrary wave name is less than 20 characters, the remaining
characters are filled with spaces (with the ASCII code 32).
<chan>::= <INT><INT>→ Channel number: 1 to 2
<wave>::= SINusoid|SQUare|PULSe|RAMP|USINe|CSINe|CFCSine|ACSine|SSINe|MCSine|ONPSine|OFPSine|CONSine|COFSine|GAUSsian|LORentz|HAVersine|HSPulse|TPULse|SINC|ERISe|EFALl|SOLStep|DOSCillation|OSURge|PSURge|TOFFset|HSEPulse|BRRamp|USER
SINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
PULSe
→ Pulse wave
RAMP
→ Ramp wave
USINe
→ Unbalanced sine wave
CSINe
→ Clipped sine wave
CFCSine→ CF controlled sine wave
ACSine→ Conduction angle controlled sine wave
SSINe
→ Staircase sine wave
MCSine→ Multi-cycle sine wave
ONPSine→ On-phase controlled sine wave
OFPSine→ Off-phase controlled sine wave
CONSine→ Chattering-on sine wave
COFSine→ Chattering-off sine wave
GAUSsian→ Gaussian pulse
LORentz→ Lorentz pulse
HAVersine→ Haversine
HSPulse→ Half-sine pulse
TPULse→ Trapezoid pulse
SINC→ Sin(x)/x
ERISe→ Exponential rise
EFALl
→ Exponential fall
SOLStep→ Second order LPF step response
DOSCillation → Damped oscillation
OSURge→ Oscillation surge
PSURge→ Pulse surge
TOFFset→ Trapezoid with offset
HSEPulse→ Half-sine edge pulse
BRRamp→ Bottom referenced ramp wave
USER
→ Arbitrary waveform† Copy the waveform <wave> of the channel number <chan> as the arbitrary wave name<name> to the memory number <memory>.
Setting example:TRACe:COPY 1,"name",1,SINusoid
Copies the waveform memory of sine wave of CH1 as the arbitrary wave name "name" to thearbitrary wave memory 1
Remarks
 Memory number 0 is the edit memory.
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)95 The arbitrary wave name of the memory number 0 is “<Edit Memory>”(20
characters).
 The arbitrary wave data of the memory selected in "[:SOURce[1|2]]:FUNCtion:USER" iscopied as a copy of arbitrary wave.

2.3.103 Arbitrary waveform memory
delete{:TRACe|:DATA}:DELete■ {:TRACe|:DATA}:DELete
Description
Deletes the arbitrary wave memory
Setting parameters<memory><memory> ::=
<INT>

<INT>
→ Memory number: 0 to 128

Setting example:TRACe:DELete 1
Deletes the memory number 1
Remarks
 Memory number 0 is the edit memory.
 Specifying the memory number 0 gives the same effect as the case of operating the [New]soft-key in the Edit arbitrary waveform screen on the main unit.

2.3.104 Arbitrary waveform memory
information acquisition{:TRACe|:DATA}:INFormation?
□{:TRACe|:DATA}:INFormation?
Description
Acquires the information of arbitrary wave memory
Query parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 1 to 128
Response format<name>,<format>,<number><name>::= <STR><STR>→ Arbitrary wave name (20 characters)<format> ::= <INT><INT>→ Data format
0 → Array format
1 → Control point format<number> ::= <INT><INT>→ The number of data points

2.3.105 Continuous oscillation mode selection[:SOURce[1|2]]:CONTinuous[:IMMediate]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:CONTinuous[:IMMediate]
Description
Sets the oscillation mode to the continuous oscillation
Setting parameters
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

96

None
Setting example:SOURce1:CONTinuous:IMMediate
Sets the oscillation mode of CH1 to the continuous oscillation

2.3.106 Continuous oscillation mode query[:SOURce[1|2]]:CONTinuous:STATe?
□[:SOURce[1|2]]:CONTinuous:STATe?
Description
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the continuous oscillation
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not the continuous oscillation mode
1: The oscillation mode is the continuous oscillation mode
Remarks† If you want to switch to the continuous oscillation without being affected by the oscillation
mode set at that time, use this command to switch to the continuous oscillation mode.

2.3.107 Modulated oscillation mode
FSK selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:STATe?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the modulated oscillation mode FSKQueries whether or not the oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode FSK
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Switches to the continuous oscillation mode if the oscillation
mode is the modulated oscillation mode FSK
1/ON: Switches the oscillation mode to the modulation (FSK)
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not the modulated oscillation mode FSK
1: The oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode FSK
Setting example:SOURce1:FSKey:STATe ON
Switches the oscillation mode of CH1 to FSK

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

972.3.108 Modulated oscillation mode FSK
hop frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey[:FREQuency]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey[:FREQuency]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey[:FREQuency]?
Description
Selects/queries the FSK hop frequency
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Hop frequency† The setting range is within the allowed frequency setting range for eachcarrier waveform.
<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ Sets the maximum value
MAXimum→ Sets the minimum value
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FSKey:FREQuency 1KHZ
Sets the FSK hop frequency of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.109 Modulated oscillation mode FSK
modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:SOURce■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:SOURce□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the FSK modulation source
Setting parameters
INTernal|EXTernal|CH1
INTernal→
EXTernal→
CH1→

Internal
External
External of CH1 (Only CH2 can be selected)

Query parameters
None
Response format
INT|EXT|CH1† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:SOURce1:FSKey:SOURce INTernal
Sets the FSK modulation source of CH1 to internal

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)982.3.110 Modulated oscillation mode FSK
modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:INTernal:FREQuency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:INTernal:FREQuency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FSKey:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets/queries the FSK internal modulation frequency
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Internal modulation frequency: 0.1 mHz to 1 MHz
Resolution: 5 digits or 0.1 mHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ 0.1 mHz
MAXimum→ 1 MHz
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FSKey:INTernal:FREQuency 1KHZ
Sets the FSK internal modulation frequency of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.111 Modulated oscillation mode FSK
synchronization signal output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:FSKey:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:FSKey:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:FSKey:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries the FSK synchronization output
Setting parameters
SYNC|MSYNc
SYNC →MSYN →

Waveform synchronization
Internal modulation synchronization

Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|MSYN† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:OUTPut1:SYNC:FSKey:TYPE SYNC
Sets the FSK synchronization output of CH1 to waveform synchronization

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

992.3.112 Modulated oscillation mode
PSK selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:STATe?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the modulated oscillation mode PSKQueries whether or not the oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode PSK
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Switches to the continuous oscillation mode if the oscillation
mode is the modulated oscillation mode PSK
1/ON: Switches the oscillation mode to the modulation (PSK)
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not the modulated oscillation mode PSK
1: The oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode PSK
Setting example:SOURce1:FSKey:STATe ON
Switches the oscillation mode of CH1 to PSK

2.3.113 Modulated oscillation mode PSK
deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey[:DEViation]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey[:DEViation]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey[:DEViation]?
Description
Sets/queries the PSK deviation
Setting parameters<deviation>|MINimun|MAXimum<deviation> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Deviation: -1800.000° to 1800.000°,Resolution: 0.001°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ -1800.000°
MAXimum→ 1800.000°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PSKey:DEViation 30DEG
Sets the PSK deviation of CH1 to 30°

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1002.3.114 Modulated oscillation mode PSK
modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:SOURce■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:SOURce□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the PSK modulation source
Setting parameters
INTernal|EXTernal|CH1
INTernal→
EXTernal→
CH1→

Internal
External
External of CH1 (Only CH2 can be selected)

Query parameters
None
Response format
INT|EXT|CH1† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:SOURce1:PSKey:SOURce INTernal
Sets the PSK modulation source of CH1 to internal

2.3.115 Modulated oscillation mode PSK
modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:INTernal:FREQuency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:INTernal:FREQuency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PSKey:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets/queries the PSK internal modulation frequency
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Internal modulation frequency: 0.1 mHz to 1 MHz,
Resolution: 5 digits or 0.1 mHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ 0.1 mHz
MAXimum→ 1 MHz
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PSKey:INTernal:FREQuency 1kHz
Sets the PSK internal modulation frequency of CH1 to 1 kHz

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1012.3.116 Modulated oscillation mode PSK
synchronization signal output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PSKey:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PSKey:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PSKey:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries the PSK synchronization output
Setting parameters
SYNC|MSYNc
SYNC
MSYN

→
→

Waveform synchronization
Internal modulation synchronization

Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|MSYN† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:OUTPut1:SYNC:PSKey:TYPE SYNC
Sets the PSK synchronization output of CH1 to waveform synchronization

2.3.117 Modulated oscillation mode
FM selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:STATe?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the modulated oscillation mode FM
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode FM
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Switches to the continuous oscillation mode if the oscillation
mode is the modulated oscillation mode FM
1/ON: Switches the oscillation mode to the modulation (FM)Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not the modulated oscillation mode FM
1: The oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode FM
Setting example:SOURce1:FM:STATe ON
Switches the oscillation mode of CH1 to the modulation (FM)WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1022.3.118 Modulated oscillation mode FM
peak deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM[:DEViation]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM[:DEViation]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM[:DEViation]?
Description
Sets/queries the FM peak deviation
Setting parameters<deviation>|MINimum|MAXimum<deviation> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Peak deviation: 0.00 μHz to less than 15 MHz,
Resolution: 8 digits or 0.01 μHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ Sets the minimum value
MAXimum→ Sets the maximum value
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FM:DEViation 1KHZ
Sets the FM peak deviation of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.119 Modulated oscillation mode FM
modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:SOURce■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:SOURce□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the FM modulation source
Setting parameters
INTernal|EXTernal
INTernal
EXTernal→→

Internal
External

Query parameters
None
Response format
INT|EXT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:FM:SOURce INTernal
Sets the FM modulation source of CH1 to internal

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1032.3.120 Modulated oscillation mode FM
modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FREQuency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FREQuency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets/queries the FM internal modulation frequency
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Internal modulation frequency: 0.1 mHz to 100 kHz,
Resolution: 5 digits or 0.1 mHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ 0.1 mHz
MAXimum→ 100 kHz
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FM:INTernal:FREQuency 1KHZ
Sets the FM internal modulation frequency of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.121 Modulated oscillation mode FM
modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]?
Description
Selects/queries the FM internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters
SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle|PRAMp|NRAMp|NOISe|USER
SINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
TRIangle→ Triangle wave
PRAMp
→ Rising ramp wave
NRAMp
→ Falling ramp wave
NOISe
→ NoiseUSER→ Arbitrary waveform
Query parameters
None
Response format
SIN|SQU|TRI|PRAM|NRAM|NOIS|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

104

:SOURce1:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion:SHAPe SINusoid
Sets the FM internal modulation waveform of CH1 to sine wave

2.3.122 Modulated oscillation mode FM
arbitrary waveform of modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER■ [:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER□ [:SOURce[1|2]]:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER?
Description
Selects/queries the arbitrary waveform of FM internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 0 to 128
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER 3
Sets the arbitrary waveform of FM internal modulation waveform of CH1 to the data of thememory number 3
Remarks† Memory number 0 is the edit memory.

2.3.123 Modulated oscillation mode FM
synchronization signal output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:FM:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:FM:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:FM:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries the FM synchronization output
Setting parameters
SYNC|MSYNc|MFCTn
SYNC
→
MSYNc
→
FCTn
→

Waveform synchronization
Internal modulation synchronization
Internal modulation signal

Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|MSYN|MFCT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:OUTPut1:SYNC:FM:TYPE SYNC
Sets the FM synchronization output of CH1 to waveform synchronization

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1052.3.124 Modulated oscillation mode
PM selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:STATe?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the modulated oscillation mode PM
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode PM
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Switches to the continuous oscillation mode if the oscillation
mode is the modulated oscillation mode PM
1/ON: Switches the oscillation mode to the modulation (PM)Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not the modulated oscillation mode PM
1: The oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode PM
Setting example:SOURce1:PM:STATe ON
Switches the oscillation mode of CH1 to PM

2.3.125 Modulated oscillation mode PM
peak deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM[:DEViation]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM[:DEViation]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM[:DEViation]?
Description
Sets/queries the PM peak deviation
Setting parameters<deviation>|MINimum|MAXimum<deviation> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Peak deviation: 0.000° to 180.000°,Resolution: 0.001°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ 0.000°
MAXimum→ 180.000°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PM:DEViation 30DEG
Sets the PM peak deviation of CH1 to 30°

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1062.3.126 Modulated oscillation mode PM
modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:SOURce■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:SOURce□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the PM modulation source
Setting parameters
INTernal|EXTernal
INTernal
EXTernal→→

Internal
External

Query parameters
None
Response format
INT|EXT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:PM:SOURce INTernal
Sets the PM modulation source of CH1 to internal

2.3.127 Modulated oscillation mode PM
modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FREQuency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FREQuency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets/queries the PM internal modulation frequency
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Internal modulation frequency: 0.1 mHz to 100 kHz,
Resolution: 5 digits or 0.1 mHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ 0.1mHz
MAXimum→ 100kHz
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PM:INTernal:FREQuency 1KHZ
Sets the PM internal modulation frequency of CH1 to 1 kHz

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1072.3.128 Modulated oscillation mode PM
modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]?
Description
Selects/queries the PM internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters
SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle|PRAMp|NRAMp|NOISe|USER
SINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
TRIangle→ Triangle wave
PRAMp
→ Rising ramp wave
NRAMp
→ Falling ramp wave
NOISe
→ NoiseUSER→ Arbitrary waveform
Query parameters
None
Response format
SIN|SQU|TRI|PRAM|NRAM|NOIS|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:SOURce1:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion:SHAPe SINusoid
Sets the PM internal modulation waveform of CH1 to sine wave

2.3.129 Modulated oscillation mode PM
arbitrary waveform of modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER■ [:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER□ [:SOURce[1|2]]:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER?
Description
Selects/queries the arbitrary waveform of PM internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 0 to 128
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:PM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER 3
Sets the arbitrary waveform of PM internal modulation waveform of CH1 to the data of thememory number 3
Remarks† Memory number 0 is the edit memory.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1082.3.130 Modulated oscillation mode PMsynchronization signal output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PM:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PM:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PM:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries the PM synchronization output
Setting parameters
SYNC|MSYNc|MFCTn
SYNC
→
MSYNc
→
MFCTn
→

Waveform synchronization
Internal modulation synchronization
Internal modulation signal

Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|MSYN|MFCT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:OUTPut1:SYNC:PM:TYPE SYNC
Sets the PM synchronization output of CH1 to waveform synchronization

2.3.131 Modulated oscillation mode
AM selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:STATe?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the modulated oscillation mode AM
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode AM
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Switches to the continuous oscillation mode if the oscillation
mode is the modulated oscillation mode AM
1/ON: Switches the oscillation mode to the modulation (AM)Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not the modulated oscillation mode AM
1: The oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode AM
Setting example:SOURce1:AM:STATe ON
Switches the oscillation mode of CH1 to AM

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1092.3.132 Modulated oscillation mode AM
modulation depth setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM[:DEPTh]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM[:DEPTh]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM[:DEPTh]?
Description
Sets/queries the AM modulation depth
Setting parameters<depth>|MINimum|MAXimum< depth > ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Modulation depth: 0.0% to 100.0%,
Resolution: 0.1%
<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.0%
MAXimum→ 100.0%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:AM:DEPTh 30PCT
Sets the AM modulation depth of CH1 to 30%

2.3.133 Modulated oscillation mode AM
modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:SOURce■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:SOURce□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the AM modulation source
Setting parameters
INTernal|EXTernal
INTernal
EXTernal→→

Internal
External

Query parameters
None
Response format
INT|EXT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:AM:SOURce INTernal
Sets the AM modulation source of CH1 to internal

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1102.3.134 Modulated oscillation mode AM
modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FREQuency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FREQuency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets/queries the AM internal modulation frequency
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Internal modulation frequency: 0.1 mHz to 100 kHz,
Resolution: 5 digits or 0.1 mHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ 0.1 mHz
MAXimum→ 100 kHz
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:AM:INTernal:FREQuency 1KHZ
Sets the AM internal modulation frequency of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.135 Modulated oscillation mode AM
modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]?
Description
Selects/queries the AM internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters
SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle|PRAMp|NRAMp|NOISe|USER
SINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
TRIangle→ Triangle wave
PRAMp
→ Rising ramp wave
NRAMp
→ Falling ramp wave
NOISe
→ NoiseUSER→ Arbitrary waveform
Query parameters
None
Response format
SIN|SQU|TRI|PRAM|NRAM|NOIS|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

111

:SOURce1:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion:SHAPe SINusoid
Sets the AM internal modulation waveform of CH1 to sine wave

2.3.136 Modulated oscillation mode AM
arbitrary waveform of modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER■ [:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER□ [:SOURce[1|2]]:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER?
Description
Selects/queries the arbitrary waveform of AM internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 0 to 128
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:AM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER 3
Sets the arbitrary waveform of AM internal modulation waveform of CH1 to the data of thememory number 3
Remarks† Memory number 0 is the edit memory.

2.3.137 Modulated oscillation mode AM
synchronization signal output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:AM:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:AM:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:AM:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries the AM synchronization output
Setting parameters
SYNC|MSYNc|MFCTn
SYNC
→
MSYNc
→
MFCTn
→

Waveform synchronization
Internal modulation synchronization
Internal modulation signal

Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|MSYN|MFCT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:OUTPut1:SYNC:AM:TYPE SYNC
Sets the AM synchronization output of CH1 to waveform synchronization

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1122.3.138 Modulated oscillation mode
AM (DSB-SC) selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:STATe?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the modulated oscillation mode AM (DSB-SC)
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode AM (DSB-SC)
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Switches to the continuous oscillation mode if the oscillation
mode is the modulated oscillation mode AM (DSB-SC)
1/ON: Switches the oscillation mode to the modulation AM(DSB-SC)
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not the modulated oscillation mode AM(DSB-SC)
1: The oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode AM(DSB-SC)
Setting example:SOURce1:AMSC:STATe ON
Switches the oscillation mode of CH1 to AM (DSB-SC)

2.3.139 Modulated oscillation mode AM (DSB-SC)
modulation depth setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC[:DEPTh]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC[:DEPTh]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC[:DEPTh]?
Description
Sets/queries the AM (DSB-SC) modulation depth
Setting parameters<depth>|MINimum|MAXimum<depth> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Modulation depth: 0.0% to 100.0%,
Resolution: 0.1%
<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.0%
MAXimum→ 100.0%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

113

:SOURce1:AMSC:DEPTh 30PCT
Sets the AM (DSB-SC) modulation depth of CH1 to 30%

2.3.140 Modulated oscillation mode AM (DSB-SC)
modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:SOURce■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:SOURce□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the AM (DSB-SC) modulation source
Setting parameters
INTernal|EXTernal
INTernal
EXTernal→→

Internal modulation source
External modulation source

Query parameters
None
Response format
INT|EXT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:AMSC:SOURce INTernal
Sets the AM (DSB-SC) modulation source of CH1 to internal modulation source

2.3.141 Modulated oscillation mode AM (DSB-SC)
modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FREQuency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FREQuency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets/queries the AM (DSB-SC) internal modulation frequency
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Internal modulation frequency: 0.1 mHz to 100 kHz,
Resolution: 5 digits or 0.1 mHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ 0.1 mHz
MAXimum→ 100 kHz
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:AMSC:INTernal:FREQuency 1KHZ
Sets the AM (DSB-SC) internal modulation frequency of CH1 to 1 kHz

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

114

2.3.142 Modulated oscillation mode AM (DSB-SC)
modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]?
Description
Selects/queries the AM (DSB-SC) internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters
SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle|PRAMp|NRAMp|NOISe|USER
SINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
TRIangle→ Triangle wave
PRAMp
→ Rising ramp wave
NRAMp
→ Falling ramp wave
NOISe
→ NoiseUSER→ Arbitrary waveform
Query parameters
None
Response format
SIN|SQU|TRI|PRAM|NRAM|NOIS|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion:SHAPe SINusoid
Sets the AM (DSB-SC) internal modulation waveform of CH1 to sine wave

2.3.143 Modulated oscillation mode AM (DSB-SC)
arbitrary waveform modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER■ [:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER□ [:SOURce[1|2]]:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER?
Description
Selects/queries the arbitrary waveform of AM (DSB-SC) internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 0 to 128
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:AMSC:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER 3
Sets the arbitrary waveform of AM (DSB-SC) internal modulation waveform of CH1 to thedata of the memory number 3
Remarks† Memory number 0 is the edit memory.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1152.3.144 Modulated oscillation mode AM (DSB-SC)
synchronization signal output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:AMSC:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:AMSC:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:AMSC:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries the AM (DSB-SC) synchronization output
Setting parameters
SYNC|MSYNc|MFCTn
SYNC
→
MSYNc
→
MFCTn
→

Waveform synchronization
Internal modulation synchronization
Internal modulation signal

Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|MSYN|MFCT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:OUTPut1:SYNC:AMSC:TYPE SYNC
Sets the AM (DSB-SC) synchronization output of CH1 to waveform synchronization

2.3.145 Modulated oscillation mode
DC offset modulation selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:STATe?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the modulated oscillation mode DC offset modulation
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode DC offset
modulation
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Switches to the continuous oscillation mode if the oscillation
mode is the modulated oscillation mode DC offset modulation
1/ON: Switches the oscillation mode to the modulation (DC offset
modulation)
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not the modulated oscillation mode DC
offset modulation
1: The oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode DC offset
modulation
Setting example:SOURce1:OFSM:STATe ON
Switches the oscillation mode of CH1 to the DC offset modulation

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1162.3.146 Modulated oscillation mode DC offset modulation
peak deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM[:DEViation]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM[:DEViation]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM[:DEViation]?
Description
Sets/queries the peak deviation of DC offset modulation
Setting parameters<deviation>|MINimum|MAXimum<deviation> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Peak deviation: 0 V to 10 V/open,
Resolution: (499.9 mV or less) 4 digits or 0.1 mV,(0.5 V or more) 5 digits or 1 mV<eunits> ::= M<units>::= V
MINimum→ 0 V/open
MAXimum→ 10 V/open
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:OFSM:DEViation 3V
CSets the peak deviation of DC offset modulation of CH1 to 3 V

2.3.147 Modulated oscillation mode DC offset modulation
modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:SOURce■[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:SOURce□[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the modulation source of DC offset modulation
Setting parameters
INTernal|EXTernal
INTernal
EXTernal→→

Internal
External

Query parameters
None
Response format
INT|EXT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:OFSM:SOURce INTernal
Sets the modulation source of DC offset modulation of CH1 to internal

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1172.3.148 Modulated oscillation mode DC offset modulation
modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FREQuency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FREQuency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets/queries the internal modulation frequency of DC offset modulation
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Internal modulation frequency: 0.1 mHz to 100 kHz,
Resolution: 5 digits or 0.1 mHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ 0.1 mHz
MAXimum→ 100 kHz
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:OFSM:INTernal:FREQuency 1KHZ
Sets the internal modulation frequency of DC offset modulation of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.149 Modulated oscillation mode DC offset modulation
modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]?
Description
Selects/queries the internal modulation waveform of DC offset modulation
Setting parameters
SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle|PRAMp|NRAMp|NOISe|USER
SINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
TRIangle→ Triangle wave
PRAMp
→ Rising ramp wave
NRAMp
→ Falling ramp wave
NOISe
→ NoiseUSER→ Arbitrary waveform
Response format
SIN|SQU|TRI|PRAM|NRAM|NOIS|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:FM:INTernal:FUNCtion:SHAPe SINusoid
Sets the internal modulation waveform of DC offset modulation of CH1 to sine wave
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1182.3.150 Modulated oscillation mode DC offset modulation
arbitrary waveform of modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER■ [:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER□ [:SOURce[1|2]]:OFSM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER?
Description
Selects/queries the arbitrary waveform of internal modulation waveform of DC offset
modulation
Setting parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 0 to 128
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:OFSM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER 3
Sets the arbitrary waveform of internal modulation waveform of DC offset modulation of CH1
to the data of the memory number 3
Remarks† Memory number 0 is the edit memory.

2.3.151 Modulated oscillation mode DC offset modulationsynchronization signal output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:OFSM:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:OFSM:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:OFSM:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries the synchronization output of DC offset modulation
Setting parameters
SYNC|MSYNc|MFCTn
SYNC
→
MSYNc
→
MFCTn
→

Waveform synchronization
Internal modulation synchronization
Internal modulation signal

Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|MSYN|MFCT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:OUTPut1:SYNC:OFSM:TYPE SYNC
Sets the DC offset modulation synchronization output of CH1 to waveform synchronization

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1192.3.152 Modulated oscillation mode
PWM selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:STATe?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the modulated oscillation mode PWM
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode PWM
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Switches to the continuous oscillation mode if the oscillation
mode is the modulated oscillation mode PWM
1/ON: Switches the oscillation mode to the modulation (PWM)
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not the modulated oscillation mode PWM
1: The oscillation mode is the modulated oscillation mode PWM
Setting example:SOURce1:PWM:STATe ON
Switches the oscillation mode of CH1 to PWM

2.3.153 Modulated oscillation mode PWM
peak deviation setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM[:DEViation]:DCYCle■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM[:DEViation]:DCYCle□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM[:DEViation]:DCYCle?
Description
Sets/queries the PWM peak deviation
Setting parameters<deviation>|MINimum|MAXimum<deviation> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → (Square (duty variable range standard))
Peak deviation :0.0000% to 49.9900%,
Resolution :0.0001%,(Square (duty variable range extend))
Peak deviation :0.0000% to 50.0000%,Resolution :0.0001%,(Pulse wave)
Peak deviation :0.0000% to 49.9000%,Resolution :0.0001%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.0000%
MAXimum→ (Square (duty variable range standard)) 49.9900%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 50.0000%,(Pulse wave) 49.9000%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)120

MINimum
MAXimum→→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PWM:DEViation:DCYCle 30PCT
Sets the PWM peak deviation of CH1 to 30%

2.3.154 Modulated oscillation mode PWM
modulation source selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:SOURce■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:SOURce□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:SOURce?
Description
Selects/queries the PWM modulation source
Setting parameters
INTernal|EXTernal
INTernal
EXTernal→→

Internal
External

Query parameters
None
Response format
INT|EXT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:PWM:SOURce INTernal
Sets the PWM modulation source of CH1 to internal

2.3.155 Modulated oscillation mode PWM
modulation frequency setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FREQuency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FREQuency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FREQuency?
Description
Sets/queries the PWM internal modulation frequency
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Internal modulation frequency: 0.1 mHz to 100 kHz,
Resolution: 5 digits or 0.1 mHz<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ 0.1 mHz
MAXimum→ 100 kHz
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)121

<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PWM:INTernal:FREQuency 1KHZ
Sets the PWM internal modulation frequency of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.156 Modulated oscillation mode PWM
modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion[:SHAPe]?
Description
Selects/queries the PWM internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters
SINusoid|SQUare|TRIangle|PRAMp|NRAMp|NOISe|USER
SINusoid→ Sine wave
SQUare→ Square wave
TRIangle→ Triangle wave
PRAMp
→ Rising ramp wave
NRAMp
→ Falling ramp wave
NOISe
→ NoiseUSER→ Arbitrary waveform
Query parameters
None
Response format
SIN|SQU|TRI|PRAM|NRAM|NOIS|USER† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion:SHAPe SINusoid
Sets the PWM internal modulation waveform of CH1 to sine wave

2.3.157 Modulated oscillation mode PWM
arbitrary waveform of modulation waveform selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER?
Description：
Selects/queries the arbitrary waveform of PWM internal modulation waveform
Setting parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 0 to 128
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:SOURce1:PWM:INTernal:FUNCtion:USER 3
Sets the arbitrary waveform of PWM internal modulation waveform of CH1 to the data of thememory number 3
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)122

Remarks† Memory number 0 is the edit memory.

2.3.158 Modulated oscillation mode PWM
synchronization signal output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PWM:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PWM:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:PWM:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries the PWM synchronization output
Setting parameters
SYNC|MSYNc|MFCTn
SYNC
→
MSYNc
→
MFCTn
→

Waveform synchronization
Internal modulation synchronization
Internal modulation signal

Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|MSYN|MFCT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:OUTPut1:SYNC:PWM:TYPE SYNC
Sets the PWM synchronization output of CH1 to waveform synchronization

2.3.159 Sweep oscillation mode
sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:MODE■[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:MODE□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:MODE?
Description
Selects/queries the sweep mode
Setting parameters
SINGle|CONTinuous|GATed
SINGle→ Single
CONTinuous → Continuous
GATed→ Gated single
Query parameters
None
Response format
SING|CONT|GAT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:SWEep:MODE SINGle
Sets the sweep mode of CH1 to the single

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1232.3.160 Basic sweep setting
sweep slop selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SPACing■[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SPACing□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SPACing?
Description
Selects/queries the sweep slope
Setting parameters
LINear|LOGarithmic
LINear→
LOGarithmic →LinearLogarithmic

Query parameters
None
Response format
LIN|LOG† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:SWEep:SPACing LINear
Sets the slope of CH1 to linear

2.3.161 Basic sweep setting
sweep direction selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:INTernal:FUNCtion■[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:INTernal:FUNCtion□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:INTernal:FUNCtion?
Description
Selects/queries the sweep direction
Setting parameters
RAMP|TRIangle
RAMP
TRIangle→→

One way
ShuttleQuery parameters
None
Response format
RAMP|TRI† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:SWEep:INTernal:FUNCtion RAMP
Sets the sweep direction of CH1 to one way

2.3.162 Basic sweep setting
sweep time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:TIME■[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:TIME□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:TIME?
Description
Sets/queries the sweep time
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

124

Setting parameters<time>|MINimum|MAXimum<time> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Sweep time: 0.1ms to 10,000 s,
Resolution: 4 digits or 0.1 ms<eunits> ::= MA|K|M|U|N<units>::= S
MINimum→ 0.1 ms
MAXimum→ 10,000 s
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:SWEep:TIME 1MS
Sets the sweep time of CH1 to 1 ms

2.3.163 Basic sweep setting
stop level setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SLEVel■[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SLEVel□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SLEVel?
Description
Sets/queries the stop level value of oscillation stop of gated single-shot sweep
Setting parameters<level>|MAXimum|MINimum<level> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Stop level value: -100.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ -100.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:SWEep:SLEVel 20PCT
Set the stop level value of oscillation stop of gated single-shot sweep of CH1 to 20%

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1252.3.164 Basic sweep setting
stop level selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SLEVel:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SLEVel:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:SLEVel:STATe?
Description
Selects/queries the stop level of oscillation stop of single-shot sweep and gated single-shot
sweep
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Disable
1/ON: Enable
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL>
Setting example:SOURce1:SWEep:SLEVel:STATe ON
Sets the stop level of oscillation stop of single-shot sweep and gated single-shot sweep of CH1
to enable

2.3.165 Basic sweep setting
oscillatin stop unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:OSTop■[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:OSTop□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:OSTop?
Description
Selects/queries the oscillation stop unit of sweep oscillation
Setting parameters
HALF|CYCLe
HALF
CYCLe

→
→

Half cycle
1 cycleQuery parameters
None
Response format
HALF|CYCL† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:SWEep:OSTop HALF
Sets the oscillation stop unit of sweep oscillation of CH1 to half cycle

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1262.3.166 Basic sweep setting
Multiconnector control on/off selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:MCONnector:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:MCONnector:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SWEep:MCONnector:STATe?
Description
Selects/queries multiconnector control enable/disable
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Disable
1/ON: Enable
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL>
Setting example:SOURce1:SWEep:MCONnector:STATe ON
Enables multiconnector control of CH1

2.3.167 Basic sweep setting
sweep synchronization signal selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:SWEep:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:SWEep:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:SWEep:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries sweep synchronization output
Setting parameters
SYNC|SSYNc|XDRive|MARKer
SYNC→ Reference phase synchronization
SSYNc→ Sweep synchronization
XDRive→ Sweep X drive
MARKer→ Marker
Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|SSYN|XDR|MARK† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:SYNC:SWEep:TYPE SYNC
Sets CH1 sweep synchronization output to reference phase synchronization

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1272.3.168 Sweep oscillation mode
frequency sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:MODE■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:MODE□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:MODE?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation frequency sweep
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation frequency sweep
Setting parameters
CW|FIXed|SWEep
CW
→
FIXed

→

SWEep

→

Switch to the continuous oscillation when the oscillation mode is
the sweep oscillation frequency sweep
Switch to the continuous oscillation when the oscillation mode is
the sweep oscillation frequency sweep
Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation frequency
sweep

Query parameters
None
Response format
CW|FIX|SWE
CW | FIX:SWE:

The oscillation mode is not the sweep oscillation frequency sweep
The oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation frequency sweep

Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:MODE SWEep
Sets the oscillation mode of CH1 to the frequency sweep

2.3.169 Frequency sweep
start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STARt■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STARt□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STARt?
Description
Sets/queries the start value of frequency sweep
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Start value: 0.01 μHz to 30 MHz,
Resolution: 0.01 μHz† The setting range varies depending on the waveform or oscillation mode.
<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ Sets the minimum value
MAXimum→ Sets the maximum value
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)128

<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:STARt 1KHZ
Sets the start value of frequency sweep of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.170 Frequency sweep
stop value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STOP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STOP□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STOP?
Description
Sets/queries the stop value of frequency sweep
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Stop value: 0.01 μHz to 30MHz,
Resolution: 0.01 μHz† The setting range varies depending on the waveform or oscillation mode.
<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ Sets the minimum value
MAXimum→ Sets the maximum value
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:STOP 1KHZ
Sets the stop value of frequency sweep of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.171 Frequency sweep
center value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:CENTer■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:CENTer□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:CENTer?
Description
Sets/queries the center value of frequency sweep
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Center value: 0.01 μHz to 30 MHz,
Resolution: 0.01 μHz† The setting range varies depending on the waveform or oscillation mode.
<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ Sets the minimum value
MAXimum→ Sets the maximum value
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

129

Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:CENTer 1KHZ
Sets the center value of frequency sweep of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.172 Frequency sweep
span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:SPAN■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:SPAN□[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:SPAN?
Description
Sets/queries the span value of frequency sweep
Setting parameters<frequency>|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Span value: 0.00000000 Hz to 29999999.99999999 Hz,
Resolution: 0.01 μHz† The setting range varies depending on the waveform or oscillation mode.
<eunits> ::= M|K|U|N<units>::= HZ
MINimum→ Sets the minimum value
MAXimum→ Sets the maximum value
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:SPAN 1KHZ
Sets the span value of frequency sweep of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.173 Frequency sweep
marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:FREQuency■[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:FREQuency□[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:FREQuency?
Description
Sets/queries the marker value of frequency sweep
Setting parameters<frequency>|CENTer|MINimum|MAXimum<frequency> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Marker value: 0.01 μHz to 30 MHz,
Resolution: 0.01 μHz† The setting range varies depending on the waveform or oscillation mode.
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)130<eunits><units>
CENTer→
MINimum→
MAXimum→::= M|K|U|N::= HZ
Center value of frequency sweep
Sets the minimum value
Sets the maximum value

Query parameters[CENTer|MINimum|MAXimum]
CENTer→ Queries the center value of frequency sweep
MINimum→ Queries the minimum value
MAXimum→ Queries the maximum value
Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:MARKer:FREQuency 1KHZ
Sets the marker value of frequency sweep of CH1 to 1 kHz

2.3.174 Frequency sweep
start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:SWAP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:SWAP
Description
Swaps the start value with stop value of the frequency sweep
Setting parameters
None
Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:SWAP
Swaps the start value with stop value of the frequency sweep of CH1

2.3.175 Frequency sweep
start/stop value output setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:STATe
Description
Switches the state of frequency sweep
Setting parameters
STARt|STOP
STARt → Switches the output to the start value
STOP → Switches the output to the stop value
Setting example:SOURce1:FREQuency:STATe STARt
Switches the state of frequency sweep of CH1 to the start value

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1312.3.176 Sweep oscillation mode
phase sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:MODE■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:MODE□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:MODE?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation phase sweep
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation phase sweep
Setting parameters
FIXed|SWEep
FIXed → Switch to the continuous oscillation when the oscillation mode is thesweep oscillation phase sweep
SWEep → Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation phase sweep
Query parameters
None
Response format
FIX|SWE
FIX:
SWE:

The oscillation mode is not the sweep oscillation phase sweep
The oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation phase sweep

Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:MODE SWEep
Sets the oscillation mode of CH1 to the phase sweep

2.3.177 Phase sweep
start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STARt■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STARt□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STARt?
Description
Sets/queries the start value of phase sweep
Setting parameters<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Start value: -1800.000° to 1800.000°,Resolution: 0.001°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ -1800.000°
MAXimum→ 1800.000°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:STARt 90DEG
Sets the start value of phase sweep of CH1 to 90°

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1322.3.178 Phase sweep
stop value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STOP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STOP□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STOP?
Description
Sets/queries the stop value of phase sweep
Setting parameters<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Stop value: -1800.000° to 1800.000°,Resolution: 0.001°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ -1800.000°
MAXimum→ 1800.000°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:STOP 90DEG
Sets the stop value of phase sweep of CH1 to 90°

2.3.179 Phase sweep
center value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:CENTer■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:CENTer□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:CENTer?
Description
Sets/queries the center value of phase sweep
Setting parameters<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Center value: -1800.000° to 1800.000°,Resolution: 0.001°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ -1800.000°
MAXimum→ 1800.000°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:CENTer 90DEG
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)133

Sets the center value of phase sweep of CH1 to 90°

2.3.180 Phase sweep
span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:SPAN■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:SPAN□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:SPAN?
Description
Sets/queries the span value of phase sweep
Setting parameters<phase>|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Span value: 0.000° to 3600.000°,Resolution: 0.001°<units>::= DEGMINimum→ 0.000°
MAXimum→ 3600.000°
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:SPAN 90DEG
Sets the span value of phase sweep of CH1 to 90°

2.3.181 Phase sweep
marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:PHASe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:PHASe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:PHASe?
Description
Sets/queries the marker value of phase sweep
Setting parameters<phase>|CENTer|MINimum|MAXimum<phase> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Marker value: -1800.000° to 1800.000°,Resolution: 0.001°<units>::= DEGCENTer→ Center value of phase sweep
MINimum→ -1800.000°
MAXimum→ 1800.000°
Query parameters[CNETer|MINimum|MAXimum]
CENTer→ Queries the center value of phase sweep
MINimum→ Queries the minimum value
MAXimum→ Queries the maximum value
Response format
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)134

<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:MARKer:PHASe 90DEG
Sets the marker value of phase sweep of CH1 to 90°

2.3.182 Phase sweep
start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:SWAP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:SWAP
Description
Swaps the start value with stop value of the phase sweep
Setting parameters
None
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:SWAP
Swaps the start value with stop value of the phase sweep of CH1

2.3.183 Phase sweep
start/stop value output setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:STATe
Description
Switches the state of phase sweep
Setting parameters
STARt|STOP
STARt → Switches the output to the start value
STOP → Switches the output to the stop value
Setting example:SOURce1:PHASe:STATe STARt
Switches the state of phase sweep of CH1 to the start value

2.3.184 Sweep oscillation mode
amplitude sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:MODE■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:MODE□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:MODE?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation amplitude sweep
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation amplitude sweep
Setting parameters
FIXed|SWEep
FIXed → Switch to the continuous oscillation when the oscillation mode is thesweep oscillation amplitude sweep
SWEep → Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation amplitude sweep
Query parameters
None
Response format
FIX|SWE
FIX:

The oscillation mode is not the sweep oscillation amplitude sweep

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

135

SWE:

The oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation amplitude sweep

Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude:MODE SWEep
Sets the oscillation mode of CH1 to the amplitude sweep

2.3.185 Amplitude sweep
start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STARt■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STARt□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STARt?
Description
Sets/queries the start value of amplitude sweep
Setting parameters<amplitude>|MINimum|MAXimum<amplitude> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Start value: 0 Vp-p to 20 Vp-p/open,
0 Vp-p to 10 Vp-p/50Ω,Resolution: (999.9 mVp-p or less) 4 digits or 0.1mVp-p,(1 Vp-p or more) 5 digits or 1mVp-p<eunits> ::= M<units>::= VPP|VPK|VRMS|DBV|DBM
MINimum→ 0 Vp-p
MAXimum→ 20 Vp-p/open, 10 Vp-p/50Ω
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude:STARt 5VPP
Sets the start value of amplitude sweep of CH1 to 5 Vp-p

2.3.186 Amplitude sweep
stop value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STOP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STOP□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STOP?
Description
Sets/queries the stop value of amplitude sweep
Setting parameters<amplitude>|MINimum|MAXimum<amplitude> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Stop value: 0 Vp-p to 20 Vp-p/open,
0 Vp-p to 10 Vp-p/50Ω,Resolution: (999.9 mVp-p or less) 4 digits or 0.1mVp-p,(1 Vp-p or more) 5 digits or 1mVp-p<eunits> ::= M<units>::= VPP|VPK|VRMS|DBV|DBM
MINimum→ 0 Vp-p
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

136

→

20 Vp-p/open, 10 Vp-p/50Ω

Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

MAXimum

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude:STOP 5VPP
Sets the stop value of amplitude sweep of CH1 to 5 Vp-p

2.3.187 Amplitude sweep
center value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:CENTer■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:CENTer□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:CENTer?
Description
Sets/queries the center value of amplitude sweep
Setting parameters<amplitude>|MINimum|MAXimum<amplitude> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Center value: 0 Vp-p to 20 Vp-p/open,
0 Vp-p to 10 Vp-p/50Ω,Resolution: (999.9 mVp-p or less) 4 digits or 0.1mVp-p,(1 Vp-p or more) 5 digits or 1mVp-p<eunits> ::= M<units>::= VPP|VPK|VRMS|DBV|DBM
MINimum→ 0 Vp-p
MAXimum→ 20 Vp-p/open, 10 Vp-p/50Ω
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude:CENTer 5VPP
Sets the center value of amplitude sweep of CH1 to 5 Vp-p

2.3.188 Amplitude sweep
span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:SPAN■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:SPAN□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:SPAN?
Description
Sets/queries the span value of amplitude sweep
Setting parameters<amplitude>|MINimum|MAXimum<amplitude> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)137

→ span value: 0 Vp-p to 20 Vp-p/open,
0 Vp-p to 10 Vp-p/50Ω,† Resolution depends on the start value and stop value.
<eunits> ::= M<units>::= VPP|VPK|VRMS|DBV|DBM
MINimum→ 0 Vp-p
MAXimum→ 20 Vp-p/open, 10 Vp-p/50Ω
<REAL>

Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude:SPAN 5VPP
Sets the span value of amplitude sweep of CH1 to 5 Vp-p

2.3.189 Amplitude sweep
marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]■[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]□[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]?
Description
Sets/queries the marker value of amplitude sweep
Setting parameters<amplitude>|CENTer|MINimum|MAXimum<amplitude> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Marker value: 0 Vp-p to 20 Vp-p/open,
0 Vp-p to 10 Vp-p/50Ω,Resolution: (999.9 mVp-p or less) 4 digits or 0.1mVp-p,(1 Vp-p or more) 5 digits or 1mVp-p<eunits> ::= M<units>::= VPP|VPK|VRMS|DBV|DBM
CENTer→ Center value of amplitude sweep
MINimum→ 0 Vp-p
MAXimum→ 20 Vp-p/open, 10 Vp-p/50Ω
Query parameters[CENTer|MINimum|MAXimum]
CENTer→ Queries the center value of amplitude sweep
MINimum→ Queries the minimum value
MAXimum→ Queries the maximum value
Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:MARKer:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 5VPP
Sets the marker value of amplitude sweep of CH1 to 5 Vp-p

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1382.3.190 Amplitude sweep
start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:SWAP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:SWAP
Description
Swaps the start value with stop value of the amplitude sweep
Setting parameters
None
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude:SWAP
Swaps the start value with stop value of the amplitude sweep of CH1

2.3.191 Amplitude sweep
start/stop value output setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate][:AMPLitude]:STATe
Description
Switches the state of amplitude sweep
Setting parameters
STARt|STOP
STARt → Switches the output to the start value
STOP → Switches the output to the stop value
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude:STATe STARt
Switches the state of amplitude sweep of CH1 to the start value

2.3.192 Sweep oscillation mode
DC offset sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:MODE■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:MODE□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:MODE?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation DC offset sweep
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation DC offset sweep
Setting parameters
FIXed|SWEep
FIXed → Switch to the continuous oscillation when the oscillation mode is thesweep oscillation DC offset sweep
SWEep →Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation DC offset sweep
Query parameters
None
Response format
FIX|SWE
FIX:
SWE:

The oscillation mode is not the sweep oscillation DC offset sweep
The oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation DC offset sweep

Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet:MODE SWEep
Sets the oscillation mode of CH1 to the DC offset sweep
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1392.3.193 DC offset sweep
start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STARt■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STARt□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STARt?
Description
Sets/queries the DC offset start value
Setting parameters<offset>|MINimum|MAXimum<offset> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Start value: ± 10 V/open, ± 5 V/50Ω,Resolution: (± 499.9 mV or less) 4 digits or 0.1 mV,(± 0.5 V or more) 5 digits or 1 mV<eunits> ::= M<units>::= V
MINimum→ -10 V/open, 5 V/50Ω
MAXimum→ 10 V/open, 5 V/50Ω
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet:STARt 2.5V
Sets the start value of DC offset of CH1 to 2.5 V

2.3.194 DC offset sweep
stop value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STOP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STOP□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STOP?
Description
Sets/queries the stop value of DC offset
Setting parameters<offset>|MINimum|MAXimum<offset> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Stop value: ± 10 V/open, ± 5 V/50Ω,Resolution: (± 499.9 mV or less) 4 digits or 0.1 mV,(± 0.5V or more) 5 digits or 1 mV<eunits> ::= M<units>::= V
MINimum→ -10 V/open, -5 V/50Ω
MAXimum→ 10 V/open, 5 V/50Ω
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value
140

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet:STOP 2.5V
Sets the stop value of DC offset of CH1 to 2.5 V

2.3.195 DC offset sweep
center value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:CENTer■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:CENTer□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:CENTer?
Description
Sets/queries the center value of DC offset
Setting parameters<offset>|MINimum|MAXimum<offset> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → DC offset: ± 10V/open, ± 5V/50Ω,Resolution: (± 499.9 mV or less) 4 digits or 0.1 mV,(± 0.5 V or more) 5 digits or 1 mV<eunits> ::= M<units>::= V
MINimum→ -10V/open, -5V/50Ω
MAXimum→ 10V/open, 5V/50Ω
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet:CENTer 2.5V
Sets the center value of DC offset of CH1 to 2.5 V

2.3.196 DC offset sweep
span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SPAN■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SPAN□[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SPAN?
Description
Sets/queries the span value of DC offset
Setting parameters<offset>|MINimum|MAXimum<offset> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → DC offset: 0 V to 20 V/open, 0 V to 10 V/50Ω,† Resolution depends on the start value and stop value.
<eunits> ::= M<units>::= V
MINimum→ 0V
MAXimum→ 20 V/open, 10 V/50Ω
Query parameters
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

141

[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet:SPAN 2.5V
Sets the span value of DC offset of CH1 to 2.5 V

2.3.197 DC offset sweep
marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet■[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet□[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet?
Description
Sets/queries the marker value of DC offset
Setting parameters<offset>|CENTer|MINimum|MAXimum<offset> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Marker value: ± 10 Vp-p/open, ± 5 Vp-p/50Ω,Resolution: (± 499.9 mV or less) 4 digits or 0.1 mV,(± 0.5 V or more) 5 digits or 1 mV<eunits> ::= M<units>::= V
CENTer→ Center value of the DC offset sweep
MINimum→ -10 V/open, -5 V/50Ω
MAXimum→ 10 V/open, 5 V/50Ω
Query parameters[CENTer|MINimum|MAXimum]
CENTer→ Queries the center value of DC offset sweep
MINimum→ Queries the minimum value
MAXimum→ Queries the maximum value
Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:MARKer:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet 2.5V
Sets the marker value of DC offset of CH1 to 2.5 V

2.3.198 DC offset sweep
start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SWAP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:SWAP
Description
Swaps the start value with stop value of the DC offset sweep
Setting parameters
None
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet:SWAP
Swaps the start value with stop value of the DC offset sweep of CH1
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1422.3.199 DC offset sweep
start/stop value output setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:STATe
Description
Switch the state of DC offset sweep
Setting parameters
STARt|STOP
STARt → Switches the output to the start value
STOP → Switches the output to the stop value
Setting example:SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:OFFSet:STATe STARt
Switches the state of DC offset sweep of CH1 to the start value

2.3.200 Sweep oscillation mode
duty sweep selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:MODE■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:MODE□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:MODE?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation duty sweep
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation duty sweep
Setting parameters
FIXed|SWEep
FIXed → Switch to the continuous oscillation when the oscillation mode is thesweep oscillation duty sweep
SWEep → Switches the oscillation mode to the sweep oscillation duty sweep
Query parameters
None
Response format
FIX|SWE
FIX:
SWE:

The oscillation mode is not the sweep oscillation duty sweep
The oscillation mode is the sweep oscillation duty sweep

Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:DCYCle:MODE SWEep
Sets the oscillation mode of CH1 to the duty sweep

2.3.201 duty sweep
start value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STARt■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STARt□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STARt?
Description
Sets/queries the start value of duty sweep
Setting parameters<duty>|MINimum|MAXimum<duty> ::= <REAL>[<units>]
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

143

<REAL><units>MINimum→

MAXimum→

Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→→ (Square (duty variable range standard))
Start value: 0.0100% to 99.9900%,
Resolution: 0.0001%,(Square (duty variable range extend))
Start value: 0.0000% to 100.0000%,Resolution: 0.0001%,(Pulse wave)
Start value: 0.0170% to 99.9830%,
Resolution: 0.0001%::= PCT(Square (duty variable range standard)) 0.0100%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 0.0000%,(Pulse wave) 0.0170%(Square (duty variable range standard)) 99.9900%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 100.0000%,(Pulse wave) 99.9830%

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:DCYCle:STARt 20PCT
Sets the start value of duty sweep of CH1 to 20%

2.3.202 duty sweep
stop value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STOP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STOP□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STOP?
Description
Sets/queries the stop value of duty sweep
Setting parameters<duty>|MINimum|MAXimum<duty> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → (Square (duty variable range standard))
Stop value: 0.0100% to 99.9900%,
Resolution: 0.0001%,(Square (duty variable range extend))
Stop value: 0.0000% to 100.0000%,Resolution: 0.0001%,(Pulse wave)
Stop value: 0.0170% to 99.9830%,
Resolution: 0.0001%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ (Square (duty variable range standard)) 0.0100%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 0.0000%,(Pulse wave) 0.0170%
MAXimum→ (Square (duty variable range standard)) 99.9900%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 100.0000%,
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

144

(Pulse wave) 99.9830%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:DCYCle:STOP 20PCT
Sets the stop value of duty sweep of CH1 to 20%

2.3.203 duty sweep
center value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:CENTer■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:CENTer□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:CENTer?
Description
Sets/queries the center value of duty sweep
Setting parameters<duty>|MINimum|MAXimum<duty> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → (Square (duty variable range standard))
Center value: 0.0100% to 99.9900%,
Resolution: 0.0001%,(Square (duty variable range extend))
Center value: 0.0000% to 100.0000%,Resolution: 0.0001%,(Pulse wave)
Center value: 0.0170% to 99.9830%,
Resolution: 0.0001%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ (Square (duty variable range standard)) 0.0100%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 0.0000%,(Pulse wave) 0.0170%
MAXimum→ (Square (duty variable range standard)) 99.9900%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 100.0000%,(Pulse wave) 99.9830%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:DCYCle:CENTer 20PCT
Sets the center value of duty sweep of CH1 to 20%

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1452.3.204 duty sweep
span value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:SPAN■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:SPAN□[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:SPAN?
Description
Sets/queries the span value of duty sweep
Setting parameters<duty>|MINimum|MAXimum<duty> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → (Square (duty variable range standard))
Span value: 0.0000% to 99.9800%,
Resolution: 0.0001%,(Square (duty variable range extend))
Span value: 0.0000% to 100.0000%,Resolution: 0.0001%,(Pulse wave)
Span value: 0.0000% to 99.9660%,
Resolution: 0.0001%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ 0.0000%
MAXimum→ (Square (duty variable range standard)) 99.9800%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 100.0000%,(Pulse wave) 99.9660%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:DCYCle:SPAN 20PCT
Sets the span value of duty sweep of CH1 to 20%

2.3.205 duty sweep
marker value setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:PULSe:DCYCle■[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:PULSe:DCYCle□[:SOURce[1|2]]:MARKer:PULSe:DCYCle?
Description
Sets/queries the marker value of duty sweep
Setting parameters<duty>|CENTer|MINimum|MAXimum<duty> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → (Square (duty variable range standard))
Marker value: 0.0100% to 99.9900%,
Resolution: 0.0001%,(Square (duty variable range extend))
Marker value: 0.0000% to 100.0000%,
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)146

<units>
CENTer→
MINimum→

MAXimum→

Resolution: 0.0001%,(Pulse wave)
Marker value: 0.0170% to 99.9830%,
Resolution: 0.0001%::= PCT
Center value of duty sweep(Square (duty variable range standard)) 0.0100%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 0.0000%,(Pulse wave) 0.0170%(Square (duty variable range standard)) 99.9900%,(Square (duty variable range extend)) 100.0000%,(Pulse wave) 99.9830%

Query parameters[CENTer|MINimum|MAXimum]
CENTer→ Queries the center value of duty sweep
MINimum→ Queries the minimum value
MAXimum→ Queries the maximum value
Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:MARKer:PULSe:DCYCle 20PCT
Sets the marker value of duty sweep of CH1 to 20%

2.3.206 duty sweep
start/stop value swapping setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:SWAP■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:SWAP
Description
Swaps the start value with stop value of the duty sweep
Setting parameters
None
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:DCYCle:SWAP
Swaps the start value with stop value of the duty sweep of CH1

2.3.207 duty sweep
start/stop value output setting[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:STATe
Description
Switches the state of duty sweep
Setting parameters
STARt|STOP
STARt → Switches the output to the start value
STOP → Switches the output to the stop value
Setting example:SOURce1:PULSe:DCYCle:STATe STARt
Switches the state of duty sweep of CH1 to the start value

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1472.3.208 Burst oscillation mode selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:STATe?
Description
Switches the oscillation mode between the continuous and burst oscillation modes
Queries whether or not the oscillation mode is burst
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Continuous
1/ON: Burst
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL><NBOL> → 0: The oscillation mode is not a burst oscillation mode
1: The oscillation mode is a burst oscillation mode
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:STATe ON
Sets the oscillation mode of CH1 to burst

2.3.209 Burst oscillation
burst mode selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:MODE■[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:MODE□[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:MODE?
Description
Selects/queries the burst mode
Setting parameters
AUTO|TRIGger|GATE|TGATe
AUTO→ Auto burst
TRIGger→ Trigger burst
GATE→ GateTGATe→ Triggered gate
Query parameters
None
Response format
AUTO|TRIG|GATE|TGAT† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:MODE AUTO
Sets the burst mode of CH1 to auto burst

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

148

2.3.210 Burst oscillation
stop level setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:SLEVel■[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:SLEVel□[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:SLEVel?
Description
Sets/queries the stop level value of burst
Setting parameters<level>|MAXimum|MINimum<level> ::= <REAL>[<units>]<REAL> → Stop level value: -100.00% to 100.00%,
Resolution: 0.01%<units>::= PCT
MINimum→ -100.00%
MAXimum→ 100.00%
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:SLEVel 20PCT
Sets the stop level value of burst of CH1 to 20%

2.3.211 Burst oscillation
stop level selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:SLEVel:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:SLEVel:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:SLEVel:STATe?
Description
Selects/queries the stop level of burst oscillation
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Disable
1/ON: Enable
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL>
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:SLEVel:STATe ON
Sets the stop level of burst oscillation of CH1 to enable

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)149

2.3.212 Burst oscillation
Synchronization output selection/query:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:BURSt:TYPE■:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:BURSt:TYPE□:OUTPut[1|2]:SYNC:BURSt:TYPE?
Description
Selects/queries the burst synchronization output
Setting parameters
SYNC|BSYNc
SYNC → Reference phase synchronization
BSYNc → Burst synchronization
Query parameters
None
Response format
SYNC|BSYN† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameter
Setting example:OUTPut1:SYNC:BURSt:TYPE SYNC
Sets the burst synchronization output of CH1 to reference phase synchronization

2.3.213 Burst oscillation
auto burst mode: mark wave number setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:AUTO:NCYCles■[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:AUTO:NCYCles□[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:AUTO:NCYCles?
Description
Sets/queries the mark wave number of auto burst
Setting parameters<mark>|MINimum|MAXimum<mark> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Mark wave number: 0.5 waves to 999,999.5 waves,
Resolution: 0.5 waves
MINimum→ 0.5 waves
MAXimum→ 999,999.5 waves
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:AUTO:NCYCles 10
Sets the mark wave number of auto burst of CH1 to 10 waves

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1502.3.214 Burst oscillation
auto burst mode: space wave number setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:AUTO:SPACe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:AUTO:SPACe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:AUTO:SPACe?
Description
Sets/queries the space wave number of auto burst
Setting parameters<mark>|MINimum|MAXimum<mark> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Space wave number: 0.5 waves to 999,999.5 waves,
Resolution: 0.5 waves
MINimum→ 0.5 waves
MAXimum→ 999,999.5 waves
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:AUTO:SPACe 10
Sets the space wave number of auto burst of CH1 to 10 waves

2.3.215 Burst oscillation
trigger burst mode: mark wave number setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt[:TRIGger]:NCYCles■ [:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt[:TRIGger]:NCYCles□ [:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt[:TRIGger]:NCYCles?
Description
Sets/queries the mark wave number of trigger burst
Setting parameters<mark>|MINimum|MAXimum<mark> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Mark wave number: 0.5 waves to 999,999.5 waves,
Resolution: 0.5 waves
MINimum→ 0.5 waves
MAXimum→ 999,999.5 waves
Query parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:TRIGger:NCYCles 10
Sets the mark wave number of trigger burst of CH1 to 10 waves

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1512.3.216 Burst oscillation
trigger burst mode: trigger delay time setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt[:TRIGger]:TDELay■[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt[:TRIGger]:TDELay□[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt[:TRIGger]:TDELay?
Description
Sets/queries the trigger delay time of trigger burst
Setting parameters<delay>|MINimum|MAXimum<delay> ::= <REAL>[<eunits>][<units>]<REAL> → Trigger delay time: 0.0 μs to 100 s,
Resolution: 5 digits or 0.1 μs<eunits> ::= MA|K|M|U|N<units>::= S
MINimum→ 0.0 μs
MAXimum→ 100 sQuery parameters[MINimum|MAXimum]
MINimum→
MAXimum→

Queries the minimum value
Queries the maximum value

Response format<NR3>
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:TRIGger:TDELay 10MS
Sets the trigger delay time of trigger burst of CH1 to 10 ms

2.3.217 Burst oscillationgate mode: oscillation stop unit setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:GATE:OSTop■ [:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:GATE:OSTop□ [:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:GATE:OSTop?
Description
Selects/queries the oscillation stop unit of gate
Setting parameters
HALF|CYCLeHALF → Half cycle
CYCLe → 1 cycle
Query parameters
None
Response format
HALF|CYCL† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:GATE:OSTop HALF
Sets the oscillation stop unit of gate of CH1 to half cycle

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1522.3.218 Burst oscillation
triggered gate mode: oscillation stop setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:TGATe:OSTop■ [:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:TGATe:OSTop□ [:SOURce[1|2]]:BURSt:TGATe:OSTop?
Description
Selects/queries the oscillation stop unit of triggered gate
Setting parameters
HALF|CYCLeHALF → Half cycle
CYCLe → 1 cycle
Query parameters
None
Response format
HALF|CYCL† For the meaning of each response data, see the setting parameters.
Setting example:SOURce1:BURSt:TGATe:OSTop HALF
Sets the oscillation stop unit of triggered gate of CH1 to half cycle

2.3.219 Sequence
sequence selection/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:SEQuence:STATe■[:SOURce[1|2]]:SEQuence:STATe□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SEQuence:STATe?
Description
Switches oscillation mode between continuous and sequence
Queries whether the oscillation mode is sequence or not
Setting parameters<state> ::= <BOL><BOL>→ 0/OFF: Continuous
1/ON: Sequence
Query parameters
None
Response format<NBOL>
Setting example:SOURce1:SEQuence:STATe ON
Sets oscillation mode of CH1 to sequence

2.3.220 Sequence
store{:TRACe|:DATA}:SEQuence:STORe■{:TRACe|:DATA}:SEQuence:STORe
Description
Saves sequence data
Setting parameters
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)153

<memory>,<name><memory>::= <INT><INT>→ Memory number: 1 to 10<name>::= <STR><STR>→ Sequence name (up to 20 characters)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)† If the arbitrary wave name is less than 20 characters, the remaining
characters are filled with spaces (with the ASCII code 32)
Setting example:TRACe:SEQuence:STORe 2,"name"
Saves the sequence data to Memory 2 with sequence name "name"2.3.221 Sequence
recall{:TRACe|:DATA}:SEQuence:RECall■{:TRACe|:DATA}:SEQuence:RECall
Description
Reads out sequence data
Setting parameters<memory>|MINimum|MAXimum<memory>::= <INT><INT>→ Memory number: 1 to 10
MINimum→ 1
MAXimum→ 10
Setting example:TRACe:SEQuence:RECall 2
Reads in sequence data of Memory 2

2.3.222 Sequence
sequence data I/O{:TRACe|:DATA}:SEQuence■{:TRACe|:DATA}:SEQuence□{:TRACe|:DATA}:SEQuence?
Description
Inputs/outputs sequence data
Setting parameters<memory>,[<name>],<data><memory>::= <INT><INT>→ Memory number: 0 to 10<name>::= <STR><STR>→ Sequence name (up to 20 characters)† Optional (If omitted, nothing is changed)† If the arbitrary wave name is less than 20 characters, the remaining
characters are filled with spaces (with the ASCII code 32).
<data>::= <BLK><BLK> → Sequence data
(See “2.4 Sequence I/O Data Specifications.”)
Query parameters<memory><memory>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

::=

<INT>
154

<INT>→

Memory number: 0 to 10

Response format<name>,<sequence><name>::= <STR><STR>→ Sequence name (20 characters)<sequence> ::= <BLK><BLK>→ #<digit><byte><data>#→ Start of binary data
<digit>→ The number of digits of subsequent <byte><byte>→ The number of bytes of subsequent data
<data>→ Sequence data
(See “2.4 Sequence I/O Data Specifications.”)
Remarks
 The sequence data is in text format.
 Memory 0 is current memory.
Sequence name of Memory 0 is “<Current Memory>“ (20 characters).

2.3.223 Sequence
sequence data compilation:TRIGger[1|2]:COMPile[:IMMediate]■:TRIGger[1|2]:COMPile[:IMMediate]
Description
Compiles sequence data
Setting parameters
None
Remarks† Whether "[1|2]" exists has no influence on the operation.

2.3.224 Sequencecurrent step number acquisition[:SOURce[1|2]]:SEQuence:CSTep?
□[:SOURce[1|2]]:SEQuence:CSTep?
Description
Queries current step of sequence
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Remarks† Whether "[1|2]" exists has no influence on the operation.

2.3.225 Sequence
sequence data clear{:TRACe|:DATA}:SEQuence:CLEar■{:TRACe|:DATA}:SEQuence:CLEar
Description
Initializes sequence data
Setting parameters<memory>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)155

<memory> ::=
<INT>

<INT>
→ Memory number: 1 to 10

Remarks† Memory 0 is current memory.

2.3.226 Basic setting memory
clear:MEMory:STATe:DELete■:MEMory:STATe:DELete
Description
Clears the setting memory
Setting parameters<memory>|MINimum|MAXimum<memory> ::= <INT><INT>→ Memory number: 1 to 10
MINimum→ 1
MAXimum→ 10

2.3.227 Basic setting memory
store
*SAV
■*SAV
Description
Stores to the setting memory
Setting parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 1 to 10

2.3.228 Basic setting memory
recall*RCL■*RCL
Description
Recalls from the setting memory
Setting parameters<memory> ::= <INT><INT> → Memory number: 1 to 10

2.3.229 Status register and related queue clear
*CLS
■*CLS
Description
Clears event register and error queue
Setting parameters
None
Remarks
 The following registers are cleared:- Status byte register
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)156

- Standard event status register- Operation status event register- CH1 operation status event register- CH2 operation status event register- Questionable data status event register- Warning event register- CH1 warning event register- CH2 warning event register- Error queue This command can clear the overload message (No.23133).

2.3.230 Status reporting related preset setting:STATus:PRESet■:STATus:PRESet
Description
Presets the registers
Setting parameters
None
Remarks† The following registers are cleared by this command:- Operation status transition filter (negative)- Operation status transition filter (positive)- Operation status enable register- CH1 operation status transition filter (negative)- CH1 operation status transition filter (positive)- CH1 operation status enable register- CH2 operation status transition filter (negative)- CH2 operation status transition filter (positive)- CH2 operation status enable register- Questionable data status transition filter (negative)- Questionable data status transition filter (positive)- Questionable data status enable register- Warning event enable register- CH1 warning event enable register- CH2 warning event enable register

2.3.231 Status register at power-on clear flag setting/query
*PSC
■*PSC
□*PSC?
Description
Sets/queries the power-on status clear flag
Setting parameters<state> ::= <INT><INT>→ 0: OFF
1: ON
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

157

Setting example*PSC 1
Sets the automatic clear of the enable register, etc. at power-on to enable

2.3.232 Status byte register query*STB?
□*STB?
Description
Queries the status byte register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.233 Service request enable register setting/query
*SRE
■*SRE
□*SRE?
Description
Sets/queries the service request enable register
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example*SRE 8
Sets the service request enable register to 8

2.3.234 Standard event status register query*ESR?
□*ESR?
Description
Queries the standard event status register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.235 Standard event enable register setting/query
*ESE
■*ESE
□*ESE?
Description
Sets/queries the standard event status enable register
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

158

Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example*ESE 8
Sets the standard event status enable register to 8

2.3.236 Condition register query:STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
□:STATus:OPERation:CONDition?
Description
Queries the operation status condition register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.237 Transition filter register (negative) setting/query:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition■:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition□:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition?
Description
Sets/queries the operation status transition filter (negative)
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:NTRansition 512
Set the bit 9 of the operation status transition filter (negative) to 1

2.3.238 Transition filter register (positive) setting/query:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition■:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition□:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition?
Description
Sets/queries the operation status transition filter (positive)
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

159

None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:PTRansition 512
Set the bit 9 of the operation status transition filter (positive) to 1

2.3.239 Event register query:STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
□:STATus:OPERation[:EVENt]?
Description
Queries the operation status event register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:EVENt?
Queries the operation status event register

2.3.240 Event enable register setting/query:STATus:OPERation:ENABle■:STATus:OPERation:ENABle□:STATus:OPERation:ENABle?
Description
Sets/queries the operation status event enable register
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:ENABle 512
Sets the bit 9 of the operation status event enable register to 1

2.3.241 Operation status register group (CH1)
condition register query:STATus:OPERation:CH1:CONDition?
□:STATus:OPERation:CH1:CONDition?
Description
Queries the CH1 operation status condition register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)160

2.3.242 Operation status register group（CH1）transition filter register (negative) setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH1:NTRansition■:STATus:OPERation:CH1:NTRansition□:STATus:OPERation:CH1:NTRansition?
Description
Sets/queries the CH1 operation status transition filter (negative)
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:CH1:NTRansition 8
Set the bit 3 of the CH1 operation status transition filter (negative) to 1

2.3.243 Operation status register group (CH1)transition filter register (positive) setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH1:PTRansition■:STATus:OPERation:CH1:PTRansition□:STATus:OPERation:CH1:PTRansition?
Description
Sets/queries the CH1 operation status transition filter (positive)
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:CH1:PTRansition 8
Set the bit 3 of the CH1 operation status transition filter (positive) to 1

2.3.244 Operation status register group (CH1)
event register query:STATus:OPERation:CH1[:EVENt]?
□:STATus:OPERation:CH1[:EVENt]?
Description
Queries the CH1 operation status event register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)1612.3.245 Operation status register group (CH1)
event enable register setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH1:ENABle■:STATus:OPERation:CH1:ENABle□:STATus:OPERation:CH1:ENABle?
Description
Sets/queries the operation status event enable register
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:CH1:ENABle 8
Sets the bit 3 of the operation status event enable register to 1

2.3.246 Operation status register group (CH2)
condition register query:STATus:OPERation:CH2:CONDition?
□:STATus:OPERation:CH2:CONDition?
Description
Queries the CH2 operation status condition register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.247 Operation status register group (CH2)transition filter register (negative) setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH2:NTRansition■:STATus:OPERation:CH2:NTRansition□:STATus:OPERation:CH2:NTRansition?
Description
Sets/queries the CH2 operation status transition filter (negative)
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:CH2:NTRansition 8
Set the bit 3 of the CH2 operation status transition filter (negative) to 1
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

162

2.3.248 Operation status register group (CH2)transition filter register (positive) setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH2:PTRansition■:STATus:OPERation:CH2:PTRansition□:STATus:OPERation:CH2:PTRansition?
Description
Sets/queries the CH2 operation status transition filter (positive)
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:CH2:PTRansition 8
Set the bit 3 of the CH2 operation status transition filter (positive) to 1

2.3.249 Operation status register group (CH2)
event register setting:STATus:OPERation:CH2[:EVENt]?
□:STATus:OPERation:CH2[:EVENt]?
Description
Queries the CH2 operation status event register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.250 Operation status register group (CH2)
event enable register setting/query:STATus:OPERation:CH2:ENABle■:STATus:OPERation:CH2:ENABle□:STATus:OPERation:CH2:ENABle?
Description
Sets/queries the operation status event enable register
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:OPERation:CH2:ENABle 8
Sets the bit 3 of the operation status event enable register to 1
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1632.3.251 Questionable data status register groupcondition register query:STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
□:STATus:QUEStionable:CONDition?
Description
Queries the questionable data status condition register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.252 Questionable data status register grouptransition filter register (negative) setting/query:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition■:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition□:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition?
Description
Sets/queries the questionable data status transition filter (negative)
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:QUEStionable:NTRansition 16
Sets the bit 4 of questionable data status transition filter (negative) to 1

2.3.253 Questionable data status register grouptransition filter register (positive) setting/query:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition■:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition□:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition?
Description
Sets/queries the questionable data status transition filter (positive)
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:QUEStionable:PTRansition 16
Sets the bit 4 of questionable data status transition filter (positive) to 1
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1642.3.254 Questionable data status register groupevent register query:STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
□:STATus:QUEStionable[:EVENt]?
Description
Queries the questionable data status event register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.255 Questionable data status register groupevent enable register setting/query:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle■:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle□:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle?
Description
Sets/queries the questionable data status event enable register
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see “3. Status System.”Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:QUEStionable:ENABle 16
Sets the bit 4 of the questionable data status event enable register to 1

2.3.256 Warning event register groupevent register query:STATus:WARNing[:EVENt]?
□:STATus:WARNing[:EVENt]?
Description
Queries the warning event register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.257 Warning event register groupevent enable register setting/query:STATus:WARNing:ENABle■:STATus:WARNing:ENABle□:STATus:WARNing:ENABle?
Description
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

165

Sets/queries the warning event enable register
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see "3. Status System."Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:WARNing:ENABle 512
Sets the bit 9 of the warning event enable register to 1

2.3.258 Warning event register group (CH1)
event register query:STATus:WARNing:CH1[:EVENt]?
□:STATus:WARNing:CH1[:EVENt]?
Description
Queries the CH1 warning event register
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.259 Warning event register group (CH1)
event enable register setting/query:STATus:WARNing:CH1:ENABle■:STATus:WARNing:CH1:ENABle□:STATus:WARNing:CH1:ENABle?
Description
Sets/queries the CH1 warning event enable register
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see "3. Status System."Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:WARNing:CH1:ENABle 16
Sets the bit 4 of the CH1 warning event enable register to 1

2.3.260 Warning event register group (CH2)
event register query:STATus:WARNing:CH2[:EVENt]?
□:STATus:WARNing:CH2[:EVENt]?
Description
Queries the CH2 warning event register
Query parameters
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

166

None
Response format<NR1>

2.3.261 Warning event register group (CH2)
event enable register setting/query:STATus:WARNing:CH2:ENABle■:STATus:WARNing:CH2:ENABle□:STATus:WARNing:CH2:ENABle?
Description
Sets/queries the CH2 warning event enable register
Setting parameters<value> ::= <INT><INT> → For setting value, see "3. Status System."Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1>
Setting example:STATus:WARNing:CH2:ENABle 16
Sets the bit 4 of the CH2 warning event enable register to 1

2.3.262 Equipment-specific information query*IDN?
□*IDN?
Description
Reads the ID of equipment
Query parameters
None
Response format<corporation>,<model>,<serial>,<firmware><corporation> → Manufacturer: NF Corporation<model>→ Model: (Example) WF1973<serial>→ Serial number: (Example) 1234567<firmware> → Firmware version: (Example) Ver1.00

2.3.263 Error message query:SYSTem:ERRor?
□:SYSTem:ERRor?
Description
Queries errors
Query parameters
None
Response format<code>,<message><code> ::= <INT><INT>→ Error code
<message> ::= <STR>
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

167

<STR>→

Error message

2.3.264 Setting initialization (status registers, etc. not cleared)
*RST
■*RST
Description
Initializes the setting
Setting parametersNone

2.3.265 Operation completion event bit setting
*OPC
■*OPC
Description
Sets the OPC bit to 1 when all the previous commands are completed
Setting parametersNone

2.3.266 Setting output key to 1 at operation completion*OPC?
□*OPC?
Description
Setting output key to 1 at operation completion
Query parametersNone

2.3.267 Waiting for command/query execution
*WAI
■*WAI
Description
Waits for completion of all the previous commands execution
Setting parametersNone

2.3.268 Self diagnosis result query*TST?
□*TST?
Description
Queries the self diagnosis result
Query parameters
None
Response format<NR1> →

0Remarks This instrument always responds with 0.
 External control cannot check the internal state. Use the panel operation to check theinternal state.
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1682.3.269 External reference frequency input setting/query[:SOURce[1|2]]:ROSCillator:SOURce■[:SOURce[1|2]]:ROSCillator:SOURce□[:SOURce[1|2]]:ROSCillator:SOURce?
Description
Sets/queries the reference frequency source
Setting parameters
INTernal|EXTernal
INTernal
EXTernal→→

Internal clock
External reference frequency input

Query parameters
None
Response format
INT|EXT
Setting example:SOURce:ROSCillator:SOURce INTernal
Sets the reference frequency source to internal clock
Remarks† Specifying "[1|2]" does not affect the operation.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

169

2.4

Sequence I/O Data Specifications

The INI file format is used for the data handled with the “TRACe|DATA:SEQuence” input/output
command of the sequence.
The INI file sections and keys are described below.

2.4.1[FILE] section

Sets the parameters related to the file format. This section is mandatory.
(1) File version
VERSION = <version><version>::= <STR><STR> → File version† Specify "1.00" for file version.

2.4.2[SYSTEM] section

Sets the system information on the equipment side. This section is mandatory.
(1) Model
MODEL = <mod><mod>::= <STR><STR> → Model(2) Number of channels
NCHAN = <chan><chan>::= <INT><INT> → Number of channels(3) Firmware version
VERSION = <version><version>::= <STR><STR> → Firmware version† Specify "1.00" for firmware version.

2.4.3[DATA] section(1) Sequence
Set the data related to the entire sequence.
SEQ = <stsstp>,<syncout>,<dctrl>,<dctrl_mode>,<trgslp><stsstp>::= <INT><INT> → Start step (1 to 225)
<syncout> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Sync output(SYNC: Waveform synchronization, SSYN: Sequence synchronization)<dctrl>::= <BOL><BOL> → Digital control input ON/OFF (0/OFF: OFF, 1/ON: ON)<dctrl_mode> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Digital control usage method (STAR: Start, SBR: State branch)<trgslp>::= <DISC><DISC> → Trigger polarity (POS: Positive, NEG: Negative, OFF: Prohibited)
WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)170

(2) Step
Set the data related to each step.
STEP#<step> = <time>,<sterm>,<auto_hold>,<scode>,<stbra_sw>,<stbra>,<evbra_sw>,<evbra>,<jpstp_sw>,<jpstp>,<jpcnt_sw>,<jpcnt>,<sphase_sw>,<sphase><step>

::=
<INT>

<INT>
→ Step number (0 to 225)

<time>::= <REAL><REAL> → Step time<sterm>::= <DISC><DISC> → Step termination (CONT: Continuous, STOP: End)
<auto_hold> ::= <BOL><BOL> → Auto hold ON/OFF (0/OFF: OFF, 1/ON: ON)<scode>::= <INT><INT> → Step code
<stbra_sw> ::= <BOL><BOL> → State branch step ON/OFF (0/OFF: OFF, 1/ON: ON)<stbra>::= <INT><INT> → State branch step (0 to 225)
<evbra_sw> ::= <BOL><BOL> → Event branch step ON/OFF (0/OFF: OFF, 1/ON: ON)<evbra>::= <INT><INT> → Event branch step (0 to 225)
<jpstp_sw> ::= <BOL><BOL> → Jump step ON/OFF (0/OFF: OFF, 1/ON: ON)<jpstp>::= <INT><INT> → Jump step (0 to 225)
<jpcnt_sw> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Jump count specification(INF: Infinite number, ON: Jump only the specified number of jumps)<jpcnt>::= <INT><INT> → Jump count<sphase_sw> ::= <BOL><BOL> → End phase ON/OFF (0/OFF: OFF, 1/ON: ON)<sphase>::= <REAL><REAL> → End phase

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)171

(3) Channel data
Set the data of each channel.
CHAN#<step>#<chan> = <wf_type>,<wf_arb_no>,<wf_polarity>,<wf_scale>,<wf_squex>,<freq_val>,<freq_actn>,<amptd_val>,<amptd_actn>,<ofs_val>,<ofs_actn>,<ph_val>,<ph_actn>,<dy_val>,<dy_actn><step>

::=
<INT>

<INT>
→ Step number (0 to 225)

<chan>::= <INT><INT> → Channel number (1 to 2)<wf_type> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Waveform (DC: DC, NOIS: Noise, SIN: Sine wave, SQU: Square wave,
USER: Arbitrary waveform)<wf_arb_no> ::= <INT><INT> → Arbitrary waveform number (0 to 128)
<wf_polarity> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Waveform polarity (NORM: Normal, INV: Inverted)<wf_scale> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Waveform amplitude range (PFS: 0/+FS, FS: ±FS, MFS:-FS/0)<wf_squex> ::= <BOL><BOL> → Square wave extension (0/OFF: OFF, 1/ON: ON)<freq_val> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Frequency<freq_actn> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Operation type (CONS: Constant, KEEP: Keep, SWE: Sweep)<amptd_val> ::= <REAL><REAL> → Amplitude<amptd_actn> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Operation type (CONS: Constant, KEEP: Keep, SWE: Sweep)<ofs_val>::= <REAL><REAL> → DC offset<ofs_actn> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Operation type (CONS: Constant, KEEP: Keep, SWE: Sweep)<ph_val>::= <REAL><REAL> → Phase<ph_actn> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Operation type (CONS: Constant, KEEP: Keep, SWE: Sweep)<dy_val>::= <REAL><REAL> → Duty
<dy_actn> ::= <DISC><DISC> → Operation type (CONS: Constant, KEEP: Keep, SWE: Sweep)

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

172

2.5

Trigger/Oscillation Status Control

The command for activating the trigger from the external control (GET (Group Execution Trigger) “*TRG”
and “TRIGger[1|2][:SEQuence][:IMMediate]”), and the command for controlling the oscillation status(“:TRIGger[1|2]:SELected:EXEcute”) are supported for the WF1973 and WF1974.
These commands may be invalid, depending on the oscillation mode as shown in Table 2.3. When the invalid
command is received, it is ignored.
Table 2.3. Validity of Trigger/Oscillation Status Control Command on Each Oscillation Mode
GET/*TRG/:TRIGger[1|2][:SEQuence][:IMMediate]:TRIGger[1|2]:SELected:EXEcuteContinuous

Invalid

Invalid

Modulation

Invalid

Valid

Continuous

Invalid

Valid

Single-shot

Valid

Valid

Gated single-shot

Valid

Valid

Auto burst

Invalid

Invalid

Trigger burst

Valid

Invalid

Gate

Invalid

Invalid

Triggered gate

Valid

Invalid

Invalid

Valid

Oscillation mode

Sweep

Burst

Sequence

In the above commands, GET and “*TRG” are only applied to CH1, and therefore cannot specify the channels.
However, when the setting of the same value to two channels is ON, they are applied to both CH1 and CH2 (inthe WF1974 only).

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

173

2.6

System Unit

A system unit is the default unit in setting/querying the amplitude and frequency by the external control.
Changing the system unit is not reflected on this device screen.When the unit is omitted by the parametersetting, it is interpreted that a system unit is specified as the unit and is being executed. In addition, whenquerying parameters, a response message is replied based on the system unit.
For example, if the system unit of the amplitude is Vrms, the amplitude is set as below in this device.
When Vp-p is specified as the unit::SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 1.0Vpp→ The amplitude is set to 1.0 Vp-p because the command is interpreted in the specified unit.
When the unit is omitted::SOURce1:VOLTage:LEVel:IMMediate:AMPLitude 1.0→ The amplitude is set to 1.0 Vrms because the command is interpreted as if the system unit is specified forthe unit.

For setting the system unit, the following commands are used.
Frequency system unit setting:[:SOURce[1|2]]:FREQuency:UNIT
Amplitude system unit setting:[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:AMPLitude:UNIT
DC offset and high/low level system unit settings:[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:OFFSet:UNIT[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:HIGH:UNIT[:SOURce[1|2]]:VOLTage[:LEVel][:IMMediate]:LOW:UNIT† DC offset and high/low level settings share one system unit. The commands of the above threeunits have the same function.
Phase system unit setting:[:SOURce[1|2]]:PHASe:UNIT
Square wave/pulse duty system unit setting:[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:DCYCle:UNIT
Frequency system unit setting:[:SOURce[1|2]]:PULSe:PERiod:UNIT

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)174

3. STATUS SYSTEM
3.1 Status Byte Register and Service Request Enable Register ························································· 176
3.2 Standard Event Status Register Group·················································································· 178
3.3 Operation Status Register Group/
Questionable Data Status Register Group ····································································· 179
3.4 Warning Event Register Group ·························································································· 188
3.5 Other·························································································································· 190

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

175

The WF1973/WF1974 include a status reporting function defined in IEEE488.2.

3.1

Status Byte Register and Service Request Enable Register

Figure 3.1 shows the configurations of the service byte register and service request enable register.

Figure 3.1. Status Byte Register and Service Request Enable Register

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

176

3.1.1

Status byte register

Table 3.1 describes the bits of the status byte register.
Table 3.1. Status Byte Register
Bit

WeightSymbol0

Description(Unused)

1

2

WAR

Warning event register summary

2

4

ERR

Error queue summary

3

8

QUE

Questionable data status register summary

4

16

MAV

Message queue summary

5

32

ESB

Event summary bit

664

RQS/MSS

7

128

OPR

Request service/master summary status
Operation status register summary

The status byte register is cleared upon reception of the *CLS command.

3.1.2

Service request enable register

The service request enable register is used to select the summary bit in the status byte register that generates
service requests shown in Figure 3.1.
The service request enable register is cleared at power-on if the status of the power-on status clear flag (setwith *PSC) is True.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

177

3.2

Standard Event Status Register Group

Figure 3.2 shows the standard event status register group.

Figure 3.2. Standard Event Status Register Group

3.2.1

Standard event status register

Table 3.2 describes the bits of the standard event status register.
Table 3.2. Standard Event Status Register
Bit

WeightSymbolDescription

0

1

OPC

Operation completion

1

2

RQC

Request control

2

4

QYE

Query error

3

8

DDE

Device specific error

4

16

EXE

Execution error

5

32

CME

Command error

6

64

URQ

User request

7

128

PON

Power onThe standard event status register is cleared upon reception of the *ESR? query addressed to this register or*CLS command.

3.2.2

Standard event status enable register

The standard event status enable register, as shown in Figure 3.2, is used to select the bit of the standard event
status register, and reflects the status of the selected bit to the ESB of the status byte register.
The standard event status enable register is cleared at power-on when the status of the power-on status clear
flag (set with *PSC) is True.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

178

3.3

Operation Status Register Group/
Questionable Data Status Register Group

Figure 3.3. shows the configurations of the operation status register group and questionable data status registergroup.

Figure 3.3. Operation Status Register Group/Questionable Data Status Register Group

3.3.1

Outline of registers

3.3.1.1Condition register
The condition register indicates the current status of the WF1973/WF1974.
This register is not cleared even when a query addressed to this register is received.

3.3.1.2Transition filter register
The transition filter register is used to determine the event bit transition.
Table 3.3 shows the relationship between the transition filter setting and event register transitions.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

179

Table 3.3. Transition Filter and Event Register Transitions
Each Bit Setting of Positive
Transition Filter

Each Bit Setting of Negative
Transition Filter

Transition of Condition Registerto Set Event Register to 1

1

0

0 → 1

0

1

1 → 0

1

1

0 → 1 or 1 → 0

0

0

Event register bit does not
become 1.

The transition filter register is cleared upon reception of the :STATus:PRESet command, or at power-on when
the status of the power-on status clear flag (set with *PSC) is True.

3.3.1.3Event register
The event register reflects the changes to the condition register according to the setting of the transition filter
register.
The event register is cleared upon reception of a query addressed to this register or the *CLS command.

3.3.1.4Event enable register
The event enable register is used to select bits in the event register to be summarized.
The event enable register, as shown in Figure 3.3, is used to select bits of the event register, and reflects thestatus of the selected bit to the summary bit of the status byte register.
The event enable register is cleared upon reception of the :STATus:PRESet command, or at power-on when
the status of the power-on status clear flag (set with *PSC) is True.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

1803.3.2

Operation status register group

Figure 3.3 shows the operation status register group. It comprises one register set per channel and one register
set for summarizing these sets.
Table 3.4 and Table 3.5 describe the operation status registers.
Table 3.4. Operation Status Register
Bit

WeightDescription0(Unused)1(Unused)2(Unused)3(Unused)4(Unused)5(Unused)6(Unused)7(Unused)8(Unused)9512

CH1 operation status register summary

10

1024

CH2 operation status register summary

11(Unused)12(Unused)

13(Reserved )14(Reserved)

15

Always 0

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

181

Table 3.5. CH1 (CH2) Operation Status Register
Bit

WeightDescription

0

1

Sequence: EDIT
Indicates the Edit status.

1

2

Sequence: READY
Indicates the ready status.

2

4

Sequence: RUN
Indicates the Run status and the Hold status

3

8

Sequence: HOLD
Indicates the Hold status.

4(Unused)5(Unused)6(Unused)

7

128

Modulation/sweep/burst: STOP
Indicates a status in which the oscillation mode basically does not perform
oscillation, such as the Stop status and the Conflict status.
Moreover, even in the Run status, the value of this bit is 1 during the trigger
delay period in the case of trigger burst, the half pulse from when the gate closes
in the case of triggered gate, and also during the oscillation period for all waves.

8

256

Continuous oscillation/modulation/sweep/burst: RUN
Indicates the Run status and the Hold status.

9512

Modulation/sweep/burst: HOLD
Indicates the Hold status.

10

1024

Modulation/sweep/burst: TRIGGER WAIT
Indicates the TrigWait status.

11

2048

Modulation/sweep/burst: CONFLICT
Indicates the Conflict status.

12(Unused)13(Unused)14(Unused)

15

Always 0

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

182

The relationships between the bits listed in Table 3.5 and the output waveform are described below.

3.3.2.1Continuous oscillation

Figure 3.4. Relationship Between Output and Operation Status Register (Bits 7 to 11)
During Continuous Oscillation

3.3.2.2Modulation

Figure 3.5. Relationship Between Output and Operation Status Register (Bits 7 to 11)
During Modulation

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

183

3.3.2.3Sweep

Figure 3.6. Relationship Between Output and Operation Status Register (Bits 7 to 11)
During Single-Shot Sweep, Gated Single-Shot Sweep

Figure 3.7. Relationship Between Output and Operation Status Register (Bits 7 to 11)
During Continuous Sweep

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

184

3.3.2.4Burst

Figure 3.8. Relationship Between Output and Operation Status Register (Bits 7 to 11)
During Auto Burst

Figure 3.9. Relationship Between Output and Operation Status Register (Bits 7 to 11)
During Trigger Burst

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

185

Figure 3.10. Relationship Between Output and Operation Status Register (Bits 7 to 11)
During Gate

Figure 3.11. Relationship Between Output and Operation Status Register (Bits 7 to 11)
During Triggered Gate

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)186

3.3.2.5Sequence

Figure 3.12. Relationship Between Output and Operation Status Register (Bits 0 to 13)
During Sequence

3.3.3

Questionable data status register group

Table 3.6 describes the bits of the questionable data status register.
Table 3.6. Questionable Data Status Register
Bit

Weight0

1

Description
Overload (CH1)

1(Unused)2(Unused)3(Unused)

4

16

5
6

(Unused)64

78No external reference clock(Unused)

256

9
10

Overheating detection

Indicates status in which calibration could not be done
(Unused)1024

Overload (CH2)

11(Unused)12(Unused)13(Unused)14(Unused)

15

Always 0

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

187

3.4

Warning Event Register Group

Table 3.7 shows the warning event register group. It comprises three register sets, one register set per channel,
and two register sets for summarizing these sets.

Figure 3.13. Warning Event Status Register Group Model

3.4.1

Event register

Tables 3.7 and 3.8 show the bits of the warning event register and CH1 (CH2) warning event register.
Here, the meanings of the terms used in Table 3.8 are shown below.
Channel mode parameters:
Indicates frequency differences or frequency ratio.
Waveform parameters:
Indicates duty variable range, waveform polarity, amplitude range, ramp wave symmetry, andparameters unique to other parameter variable waves.
Basic parameters:
Indicates frequency, period, phase, amplitude, DC offset, high level, low level, duty, pulse
witdth and leading/trailing time.
Other parameters:
Indicates channel mode, channel mode parameter, waveform, waveform parameter, basic
parameters and parameters in other than system units.

The warning event register indicates the only status change of the device by the external controls, not the statuschange of the device by the panel operation.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

188

Table 3.7. Warning Event Register
Bit

WeightDescription0(Unused)1(Unused)2(Unused)3(Unused)4(Unused)5(Unused)6(Unused)7(Unused)8(Unused)9512

CH1 warning event register summary

10

1024

CH2 warning event register summary

11(Unused)12(Unused)13(Unused)14(Unused)

15

Always 0

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

189

Table 3.8. CH1 (CH2) Warning Event Register
Bit

Weight0

1

The waveform or the waveform parameters were changed due to the changes ofchannel mode or channel mode parameters.

1

2

The basic parameters were changed due to the changes of channel mode or channel
mode parameters.

2

4

The oscillation mode was changed due to the changes of channel mode or channel
mode parameters.

38

Other parameters were changed due to the changes of channel mode or channel
mode parameters.

4

16

The channel mode or the channel mode parameters were changed due to thechanges of waveform or waveform parameters.

532

The basic parameters were changed due to the changes of waveform or waveform
parameters.

664

The oscillation mode was changed due to the changes or waveform or waveform
parameters.

7

128

Other parameters were changed due to the changes of waveform or waveform
parameters.

8256

The other basic parameters were changed due to basic parameter (frequency,
period, phase, amplitude, DC offset, high level or low level) change.

9512

The other basic parameters were changed due to basic parameter (duty or pulse
width) change.

10

1024

The other basic parameters were changed due to basic parameter (leading time ortrailing time) change.

11

2048

Other parameters were changed due to basic parameter change.

12

4096

The system unit was changed.

13
14
15

Description(Unused)
16384

Other parameters were changed.
Always 0

The event register is cleared upon reception of a query or *CLS command addressed to this register.

3.4.2

Event enable register

The event enable register is used to select bits in the event register to be summarized.
The event enable register is cleared upon reception of the :STATus:PRESet command or at power-on when
the status of the power-on status clear flag (set with *PSC) is True.

3.5

Other

The WF1973/WF1974 provides an error queue and a message queue.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)190

4. ERROR MESSAGE

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

191

When errors occur during under external control, the error numbers are stored in an error queue.
These error numbers and their corresponding messages, and the error contents are as shown in Table 4.1.
The error numbers and messages can be queried by the “SYSTem:ERRor?” command.
Table 4.1. Error Numbers, Messages, and Contents
Error
numberMessage

Contents (Figures in parentheses indicate the error codes
displayed on the screen)-102

Syntax error

Received character strings contain syntax errors.

-108

Parameter not allowed

There are too many parameters for the procedure.

-109

Missing parameter

There are missing parameters.

-110

Command header error

There is an error in the command header.

-111

Header separator error

There is an error in the keyword separator in the command header.

-113

Undefined header

Received character strings contain an undefined header.

-120

Numeric data error

Numeric parameters contain a data error.

-130

Suffix error

Numeric parameters contain a suffix error.

-140

Character data error

Discrete parameter contains a character data error.

-150

String data error

Character string parameters contain an error.

-160

Block data error

Block parameters contain a data error.

-200

Execution error

Command cannot be executed. This error occurs in the following cases.
• When “*CLS” could not be executed due to the device status• When “*RST” could not be executed due to the device status• When the modification from sequence to other oscillation modes

could not be executed due to the device status• In any case of non-execution other than the above-211

Trigger ignored

GET (Group execution trigger), “*TRG” or other commands regarding
trigger are ignored. This error occurs in the following cases.
• When compilation instruction was ignored because the device is notin Edit status sequence• When the remote trigger was ignored because the device is not in

Ready status sequence• When the control command was ignored due to the device status-220

Parameter error

There is a parameter error. This error occurs in the following cases.
• When there was an error in prefix/unit in a numeric parameter• When the specified unit cannot be used due to the device status• When an arbitrary waveform name has exceeded 20 characters• When a double quotation (”) was contained in an arbitrary waveform

name• When the data points of an arbitrary waveform were not correct• When the compilation of a sequence could not be passed due to thefollowing reasons.
 The number of the used waveforms exceeds 128 or the total

amount of that exceeds 512 KW.
 When the check was not executed because the setting of asequence is too complicated.

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

192

Errornumber-221

Message
Settings conflictContents (Figures in parentheses indicate the error codes
displayed on the screen)
Parameters with an appropriate syntax are received but cannot be
executed due to the device status. This error occurs in the following
cases.
• When the sweep function could not be set to the log because thefrequency sweep was not supported for the device• When the arbitrary waveform data in the array format was to be set

to the edit memory of an arbitrary waveform• When the specification of the array format/control point format to anarbitrary waveform data contained an error• When the same values were set to two channels, the setting for the

specified channel could not be executed due to a restriction on
another channel (22039)• When the compilation of a sequence cannot be completed for thefollowing reasons.
 Upon the relationship between two steps, when the frequency

exceeded the upper limit of a waveform (23121)
 Upon the relationship between two steps, when the amplitude

and offset did not satisfy the interdependent restriction (23122)
 Upon the relationship between two steps, a square waveform

frequency and a duty did not satisfy the interdependent
restriction. (23123)• When an external modulation/addition input connector could not be

used for the external modulation because it is used for the external
addition (23129)• When an external modulation/addition input connector could not be

used for the external addition because it is used for the external
modulation (23130)-222

Data out of range

Parameters with an appropriate syntax are received but cannot be
executed because the data is out of range. This error occurs in thefollowing cases.
• When the data which is out of range was set to each register in astatus system• When 0 was set to the frequency ratio of N/M• When the data which was out of range was set to the user-definedunit, m/n.
• When the standard waveform of CH2 was copied to the memory in

one channel device.
• When the data which was out of range was to be set (23045)-225

Out of memory

Memory capacity is insufficient for the execution. This error occurs in
the following cases.
• When the arbitrary waveform data could not be saved due tomemory shortage-290

Memory use error

Cannot be executed due to a memory error. This error occurs in thefollowing cases.
• When the empty memory was specified by the arbitrary waveformnumber• When the sequence compilation did not pass because the empty

memory was specified by the arbitrary waveform number (23125)• When the arbitrary waveforms which are output or used currently are

to be deleted (32004)

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

193

Errornumber-291

Message
Out of memory

Contents (Figures in parentheses indicate the error codes
displayed on the screen)
There is no specified memory. This error occurs in the following cases.
• When an arbitrary waveform number of other than 0 to 128 was
specified• When a sequence number of other than 0 to 10 was specified-310

System error

Malfunction of the main system. This error occurs in the following cases.
• When an arbitrary waveform could not be read by a sequencecompilation (23124)• When an internal error occurred (24135, 24136, 35005)-350

Queue overflow

An error occurred but was deleted because the error queue overflowed.

-410

Query INTERRUPTED

Old response message was deleted from a message queue due to theinterruption of a new message.

-420

Query UNTERMINATED

Talker was specified but there is no response message in a message
queue.

-440

Query UNTERMINATED
after indefinite response

There was a query after “*IDN?” in received character strings.
(“*IDN?” must be the last query in the received character strings.)

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

194

5. SPECIFICATIONS
5.1
5.2
5.3

Interface Functions ··························································································· 196
Response to Interface Messages ············································································ 196
Multiline Interface Messages ··············································································· 197

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

195

5.1

Interface Functions
Table 5.1. USB Interface Functions
Function

SubsetDescription

Source handshake

SH1

All send handshake functions provided

Accepter handshake

AH1

All receive handshake functions provided

TalkerT6

Basic talker function, talker cancellation through MLA provided

Listener

L2

Basic listener function provided

Service request

SR1

All service request functions provided

Remote/local

RL1

All remote/local functions provided

Parallel poll

PP0

No parallel poll function provided

Device clear

DC1

All device clear functions provided

Device trigger

DT1

Device trigger function provided

Controller

C0

No controller function provided

Table 5.2. GPIB Interface Functions

5.2

Function

SubsetDescription

Source handshake

SH1

All send handshake functions provided

Accepter handshake

AH1

All receive handshake functions provided

TalkerT6

Basic talker function, talker cancellation through MLA provided

Listener

L4

Basic listener function, talker cancellation through MTA provided

Service request

SR1

All service request functions provided

Remote/local

RL1

All remote/local functions provided

Parallel poll

PP0

No parallel poll function provided

Device clear

DC1

All device clear functions provided

Device trigger

DT1

Device trigger function provided

Controller

C0

No controller function provided

Response to Interface Messages
Table 5.3. Response to Interface Messages
IFC

・Initializes interface
・Cancels specified listener, talker

LLO

・Clears I/O buffer
・Clears errors
・Cancels SRQ origination and resets bit that is source in status byte
・Prohibits SRQ originations
・Disables use of LOCAL keys on panel (software keys)

GTL

・Sets local status

DCL and SDC

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

196

5.3

Multiline Interface Messages

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)197

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

198

6. COMMAND TREE
6.1 Command Tree ········································································································· 200

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

199

6.1

Command Tree

CHANnel.......... DELTa.......... MODE.......... RATio
INSTrument.......... COUPle
MEMory.......... STATe.......... .......... DELete
OUTPut.......... LOAD.......... POLarity.......... PON.......... SCALe.......... [STATe].......... SYNC.......... .......... AM.......... .......... .......... TYPE.......... .......... AMSC.......... .......... .......... TYPE.......... .......... BURSt.......... .......... .......... TYPE.......... .......... FM.......... .......... .......... TYPE.......... .......... FSKey.......... .......... .......... TYPE.......... .......... OFSM.......... .......... .......... TYPE.......... .......... PM.......... .......... .......... TYPE.......... .......... PSKey.......... .......... .......... TYPE.......... .......... PWM.......... .......... .......... TYPE.......... .......... SWEep.......... .......... .......... TYPE
[SOURce[1|2]].......... AM.......... .......... [DEPth].......... .......... INTernal.......... .......... .......... FREQuency.......... .......... .......... FUNCtion.......... .......... .......... .......... [SHAPe].......... .......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... SOURce.......... .......... STATe.......... AMSC.......... .......... [DEPth].......... .......... INTernal.......... .......... .......... FREQuency.......... .......... .......... FUNCtion.......... .......... .......... .......... [SHAPe]

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

2.3.2
2.3.1
2.3.3
2.3.4

2.3.2262.3.10
2.3.48
2.3.6
2.3.49
2.3.5

2.3.137
2.3.144
2.3.2122.3.1232.3.1112.3.151
2.3.1302.3.1162.3.158
2.3.167

2.3.1322.3.1342.3.1352.3.1362.3.133
2.3.1312.3.1392.3.1412.3.142.......... .......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... SOURce.......... .......... STATe.......... BURSt.......... .......... AUTO.......... .......... .......... NCYCles.......... .......... .......... SPACe.......... .......... GATE.......... .......... .......... OSTop.......... .......... MODE.......... .......... SLEVel.......... .......... .......... STATe.......... .......... STATe.......... .......... TGATe.......... .......... .......... OSTop.......... .......... [TRIGger].......... .......... .......... NCYCles.......... .......... .......... TDELay.......... COMBine.......... .......... FEED.......... CONTinuous.......... .......... [IMMediate].......... .......... STATe?
.......... FM.......... .......... [DEViation].......... .......... INTernal.......... .......... .......... FREQuency.......... .......... .......... FUNCtion.......... .......... .......... .......... [SHAPe].......... .......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... SOURce.......... .......... STATe.......... FREQuency.......... .......... CENTer.......... .......... [CW|FIXed].......... .......... MODE.......... .......... SPAN.......... .......... STARt.......... .......... STATe.......... .......... STOP.......... .......... SWAP.......... .......... UNIT.......... .......... USER.......... FSKey.......... .......... [FREQuency].......... .......... INTernal.......... .......... .......... FREQuency.......... .......... SOURce.......... .......... STATe.......... FUNCtion.......... .......... ACSine.......... .......... .......... ANGLe2.3.1432.3.140
2.3.138

2.3.2132.3.2142.3.2172.3.2092.3.210
2.3.2112.3.2082.3.2182.3.215
2.3.216
2.3.9
2.3.1052.3.1062.3.118
2.3.120
2.3.1212.3.1222.3.1192.3.1172.3.1712.3.20
2.3.1682.3.1722.3.1692.3.175
2.3.170
2.3.174
2.3.21
2.3.22
2.3.1082.3.1102.3.1092.3.1072.3.55200

.......... .......... BRRamp.......... .......... .......... SYMMetry.......... .......... CFCSine.......... .......... .......... CFACtor.......... .......... COFSine.......... .......... .......... NCHattering.......... .......... .......... OFPHase.......... .......... .......... TOFF.......... .......... .......... TON.......... .......... CONSine.......... .......... .......... NCHattering.......... .......... .......... ONPHase.......... .......... .......... TOFF.......... .......... .......... TON.......... .......... CSINe.......... .......... .......... CLIP.......... .......... DOSCillation.......... .......... .......... DTConstant.......... .......... .......... OFRequency.......... .......... EFALl.......... .......... .......... TCONstant.......... .......... ERISe.......... .......... .......... TCONstant.......... .......... GAUSsian.......... .......... .......... SIGMa.......... .......... HAVersine.......... .......... .......... WIDTh.......... .......... HSEPulse.......... .......... .......... DCYCle.......... .......... .......... LE.......... .......... .......... TE.......... .......... HSPulse.......... .......... .......... WIDTh.......... .......... LORentz.......... .......... .......... WIDTh.......... .......... MCSine.......... .......... .......... CYCLes.......... .......... .......... PHASe.......... .......... OFPSine.......... .......... .......... OFPHase.......... .......... .......... STIMe.......... .......... ONPSine.......... .......... .......... ONPHase.......... .......... .......... STIMe.......... .......... OSURge.......... .......... .......... DTConstant.......... .......... .......... OFRequency.......... .......... .......... TTConstant.......... .......... PSURge.......... .......... .......... TD.......... .......... .......... TR.......... .......... RAMP.......... .......... .......... SYMMetry.......... .......... [SHAPe].......... .......... SINC.......... .......... .......... ZCRossing.......... .......... SOLStep.......... .......... .......... NFRequency

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

2.3.972.3.54
2.3.682.3.672.3.70
2.3.69
2.3.64
2.3.632.3.66
2.3.65
2.3.53
2.3.83
2.3.82
2.3.79
2.3.78
2.3.712.3.73
2.3.962.3.942.3.95
2.3.74
2.3.72
2.3.57
2.3.58
2.3.612.3.622.3.592.3.60
2.3.85
2.3.84
2.3.86
2.3.88
2.3.87
2.3.46
2.3.47
2.3.77
2.3.80.......... .......... .......... Q.......... .......... SQUare.......... .......... .......... DCYCle.......... .......... .......... EXTend.......... .......... SSINe.......... .......... .......... STEPs.......... .......... TOFFset.......... .......... .......... DELay.......... .......... .......... FALL.......... .......... .......... OFFSet.......... .......... .......... RISe.......... .......... .......... UBASe.......... .......... TPULse.......... .......... .......... RFALl.......... .......... .......... UBASe.......... .......... USER.......... .......... USINe.......... .......... .......... AMPLitude[1].......... .......... .......... AMPLitude2.......... MARKer.......... .......... FREQuency.......... .......... PHASe.......... .......... PULSe.......... .......... .......... DCYCle.......... .......... VOLTage.......... .......... .......... [LEVel].......... .......... .......... .......... [IMMediate].......... .......... .......... .......... .......... [AMPLitude].......... .......... .......... .......... .......... OFFSet.......... OFSM.......... .......... [DEViation].......... .......... INTernal.......... .......... .......... FREQuency.......... .......... .......... FUNCtion.......... .......... .......... .......... [SHAPe].......... .......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... SOURce.......... .......... STATe.......... PHASe.......... .......... [ADJust].......... .......... CENTer.......... .......... INITiate.......... .......... MODE.......... .......... SPAN.......... .......... STARt.......... .......... STATe.......... .......... STOP.......... .......... SWAP.......... .......... UNIT.......... .......... USER.......... PM.......... .......... [DEViation].......... .......... INTernal.......... .......... .......... FREQuency.......... .......... .......... FUNCtion.......... .......... .......... .......... [SHAPe].......... .......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... SOURce2.3.812.3.38
2.3.50
2.3.56
2.3.89
2.3.92
2.3.932.3.90
2.3.912.3.75
2.3.762.3.982.3.51
2.3.52
2.3.173
2.3.181
2.3.2052.3.189
2.3.197
2.3.146
2.3.148
2.3.149
2.3.150
2.3.147
2.3.145
2.3.29
2.3.179
2.3.8
2.3.176
2.3.180
2.3.177
2.3.183
2.3.178
2.3.182
2.3.30
2.3.312.3.1252.3.1272.3.1282.3.1292.3.126

201

.......... .......... STATe.......... PSKey.......... .......... [DEViation].......... .......... INTernal.......... .......... .......... FREQuency.......... .......... SOURce.......... .......... STATe.......... PULSe.......... .......... DCYCle.......... .......... .......... CENTer.......... .......... .......... MODE.......... .......... .......... SPAN.......... .......... .......... STARt.......... .......... .......... STATe.......... .......... .......... STOP.......... .......... .......... SWAP.......... .......... .......... UNIT.......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... PERiod.......... .......... .......... UNIT.......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... TARNsition.......... .......... .......... [LEADing].......... .......... .......... TRAiling.......... .......... WIDTh.......... PWM.......... .......... [DEViation].......... .......... .......... DCYCle.......... .......... INTernal.......... .......... .......... FREQuency.......... .......... .......... FUNCtion.......... .......... .......... .......... [SHAPe].......... .......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... SOURce.......... .......... STATe.......... ROSCillator.......... .......... SOURce.......... SEQuence.......... .......... CSTep?
.......... .......... STATe.......... SWEep.......... .......... INTernal.......... .......... .......... FUNCtion.......... .......... MCONnector.......... .......... .......... STATe.......... .......... MODE.......... .......... OSTop.......... .......... SLEVel.......... .......... .......... STATe.......... .......... SPACing.......... .......... TIME.......... VOLTage.......... .......... [LEVel].......... .......... .......... [IMMediate].......... .......... .......... .......... [AMPlitude].......... .......... .......... .......... .......... CENTer.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... MODE.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... SPAN

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

2.3.1242.3.1132.3.115
2.3.114
2.3.1122.3.392.3.2032.3.200
2.3.2042.3.201
2.3.2072.3.2022.3.2062.3.36
2.3.37
2.3.43
2.3.44
2.3.45
2.3.41
2.3.422.3.40

2.3.153
2.3.155
2.3.156
2.3.157
2.3.154
2.3.152
2.3.269
2.3.2242.3.219

2.3.161
2.3.166
2.3.159
2.3.165
2.3.163
2.3.1642.3.160
2.3.162

2.3.23
2.3.187
2.3.184
2.3.188.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... STARt.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... STATe.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... STOP.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... SWAP.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... UNIT.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... .......... .......... HIGH.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... UNIT.......... .......... .......... .......... LOW.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... UNIT.......... .......... .......... .......... OFFSet.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... CENTer.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... MODE.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... SPAN.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... STARt.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... STATe.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... STOP.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... SWAP.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... UNIT.......... .......... .......... .......... .......... USER.......... .......... RANGe.......... .......... .......... AUTO
STATus.......... OPERation.......... .......... CH1.......... .......... .......... CONDition?
.......... .......... .......... ENABle.......... .......... .......... [EVENt]?
.......... .......... .......... NTRansition.......... .......... .......... PTRansition.......... .......... CH2.......... .......... .......... CONDition?
.......... .......... .......... ENABle.......... .......... .......... [EVENt]?
.......... .......... .......... NTRansition.......... .......... .......... PTRansition.......... .......... CONDition?
.......... .......... ENABle.......... .......... [EVENt]?
.......... .......... NTRansition.......... .......... PTRansition.......... PRESet.......... QUEStionable.......... .......... CONDition?
.......... .......... ENABle.......... .......... [EVENt]?
.......... .......... NTRansition.......... .......... PTRansition.......... WARNing.......... .......... CH1.......... .......... .......... ENABle.......... .......... .......... [EVENt]?
.......... .......... CH2.......... .......... .......... ENABle.......... .......... .......... [EVENt]?
.......... .......... ENABle.......... .......... [EVENt]?
SYSTem2.3.185
2.3.191
2.3.186
2.3.190
2.3.24
2.3.25
2.3.32
2.3.33
2.3.34
2.3.35
2.3.26
2.3.1952.3.192
2.3.196
2.3.1932.3.199
2.3.1942.3.198
2.3.27
2.3.28
2.3.7

2.3.2412.3.245
2.3.2442.3.242
2.3.2432.3.246
2.3.250
2.3.249
2.3.2472.3.2482.3.236
2.3.2402.3.239
2.3.237
2.3.238
2.3.230
2.3.2512.3.255
2.3.254
2.3.252
2.3.2532.3.259
2.3.2582.3.261
2.3.2602.3.2572.3.256202

.......... ERRor?
{TRACe|DATA}.......... COPY.......... [DATA].......... DELete.......... INFormation?
.......... RECall.......... SEQuence.......... .......... CLEar.......... .......... RECall.......... .......... STORe.......... STORe
TRIGger[1|2].......... BURSt.......... .......... SLOPe.......... .......... SOURce.......... .......... TIMer.......... COMPile.......... .......... [IMMediate].......... SELected.......... .......... EXECute.......... [SEQuence]

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)

2.3.263
2.3.1022.3.992.3.1032.3.1042.3.101
2.3.222
2.3.2252.3.2212.3.2202.3.100

2.3.16
2.3.14
2.3.15
2.3.223.......... .......... [IMMediate].......... SWEep.......... .......... SLOPe.......... .......... SOURce.......... .......... TIMer
*CLS
*ESE
*ESR?
*IDN?
*OPC
*OPC?
*PSC
*RCL
*RST
*SAV
*SRE
*STB?
*TRG
*TST?
*WAI

2.3.18
2.3.13
2.3.11
2.3.12
2.3.229
2.3.2352.3.234
2.3.262
2.3.2652.3.266
2.3.2312.3.2282.3.2642.3.227
2.3.2332.3.232
2.3.17
2.3.268
2.3.267

2.3.19

203

WF1973/WF1974 Instruction Manual (Remote Control)204

WABUN: (DA00015810-006)

NOTES
•
•
•
•

Reproduction of the contents of this manual is forbidden by applicable laws.
The contents of this manual may be revised without notice.
Information provided in this manual is intended to be accurate and reliable.
However, we assume no responsibility for any damage regarding the contents of this manual.
We assume no responsibility for influences resulting from the operations in this manual.

Multifunction Generator
WF1973/WF1974
Instruction Manual (Remote Control)
NF Corporation
6-3-20 Tsunashima Higashi, Kohoku-ku. Yokohama-shi 223-8508, JAPAN
Phone: +81-45-545-8128 Fax: +81-45-545-8187
http://www.nfcorp.co.jp/
C Copyright 2007‐2019, NF Corporation◯

http://www.nfcorp.co.jp/

NF Corporation
6-3-20 Tsunashima Higashi, Kohoku-ku, Yokohama 223-8508, Japan
Phone: +81-45-545-8128 (Main))